WO2023162727A1 - Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station - Google Patents

Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023162727A1
WO2023162727A1 PCT/JP2023/004634 JP2023004634W WO2023162727A1 WO 2023162727 A1 WO2023162727 A1 WO 2023162727A1 JP 2023004634 W JP2023004634 W JP 2023004634W WO 2023162727 A1 WO2023162727 A1 WO 2023162727A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mpr
phr
mpe
field
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/004634
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
祐輝 松村
聡 永田
ウェイチー スン
ジン ワン
ラン チン
Original Assignee
株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ filed Critical 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ
Publication of WO2023162727A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023162727A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04—TPC
    • H04W52/30—TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to terminals, wireless communication methods, and base stations in next-generation mobile communication systems.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 3GPP Rel. 10-14 LTE-Advanced (3GPP Rel. 10-14) has been specified for the purpose of further increasing the capacity and sophistication of LTE (Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Release (Rel.) 8, 9).
  • LTE successor systems for example, 5th generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G+ (plus), 6th generation mobile communication system (6G), New Radio (NR), 3GPP Rel. 15 and later
  • 5G 5th generation mobile communication system
  • 5G+ 5th generation mobile communication system
  • 6G 6th generation mobile communication system
  • NR New Radio
  • a terminal In a future wireless communication system (for example, NR), a terminal (user terminal, User Equipment (UE)) provides the network with a power margin for each serving cell (Power Headroom (PH)) Send a PH report (Power Headroom Report (PHR)) containing information on The network can use PHR for control of UE uplink transmission power.
  • UE User Equipment
  • PH Power Headroom
  • PHR Power Headroom Report
  • TRP Transmission/Reception Points
  • MTRP Multi TRP
  • PHR MAC CE PHR Medium Access Control Control Element
  • the current standard does not specify how to configure some fields when two PHs are included in the PHR MAC CE. Also, the trigger conditions for PHR MAC CE have not been sufficiently studied. If an appropriate PHR is not reported, communication throughput, communication quality, etc. may deteriorate.
  • one object of the present disclosure is to provide a terminal, a wireless communication method, and a base station that can appropriately report PHRs including multiple PHs.
  • a terminal reports Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) for two Power Headrooms (PH), A controller that triggers based on a trigger condition associated with at least one of two PHs, and a transmitter that transmits the triggered MPE P-MPR report.
  • MPE Maximum Permitted Exposure
  • P-MPR Power Management Maximum Power Reduction
  • PHR including multiple PHs can be reported appropriately.
  • FIG. 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram of Rel.
  • 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE.
  • FIG. 3A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.1.4.
  • FIG. 3B is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiments 2.1.5 and 2.1.6.
  • FIG. 4A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.2.4.
  • FIG. 4B is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiments 2.2.5 and 2.2.6.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a radio communication system according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a base station according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a user terminal according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of hardware configurations of a base station and a user terminal according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example of a vehicle according to one embodiment;
  • PHR Physical Resource Report
  • PH Power Headroom Report
  • PH Power Headroom
  • the network can use PHR for control of UE uplink transmission power.
  • the PHR may be transmitted by MAC (Medium Access Control) signaling using PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel). For example, PHR is notified using PHR MAC CE (Control Element) included in MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit).
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • PHR MAC CE PHR MAC CE
  • Fig. 1 shows Rel. 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE.
  • Each 'R' in FIG. 1 indicates a 1-bit reserved field, which is set to a value of '0', for example.
  • ⁇ PH (Type 1, PCell)'' in FIG. 1 indicates a 6-bit field and indicates an index related to the type 1 PH of the primary cell (PCell).
  • the PH index is associated with a specific PH value (in units of decibels (dB)) (or level).
  • type 1 PH is the PH when PUSCH is considered (for example, only PUSCH power is considered), and type 2 PH considers PUCCH (for example, both PUSCH and PUCCH power is considered).
  • the PH in the case, type 3 PH may be the PH when considering the measurement reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal (SRS)) (for example, considering the power of PUSCH and SRS).
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • P CMAX,f,c ' in FIG. 1 indicates a 6-bit field and indicates an index for P CMAX,f,c used in the above calculation of the PH field.
  • the index for that P CMAX,f,c is associated with a specific UE transmit power level (dB).
  • P CMAX,f,c may be referred to as the configured maximum transmit power (maximum allowed transmit power) of the UE for serving cell c of carrier f.
  • P CMAX, f, and c are also simply written as P CMAX , PCMAX, and the like.
  • 'P' in FIG. 1 may be a field related to power management maximum power reduction (Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) or maximum allowable UE output power reduction) for serving cell c, or maximum allowable exposure (Maximum It may be a field related to Permitted Exposure (MPE).
  • P-MPR Power Management Maximum Power Reduction
  • MPE Permitted Exposure
  • 'MPE' in FIG. 1 may be a field related to MPE. Fields such as 'P' and 'MPE' may be replaced with 'R' fields depending on the configuration using higher layer signaling to the UE.
  • the 'P' field is set to MPE reporting (higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) for frequency range 2 (FR2), and if the serving cell operates in FR2, to meet the MPE requirements Set to 0 if the applied P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR — 00), and set to 1 otherwise.
  • MPE reporting higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2
  • FR2 frequency range 2
  • the 'P' field may also indicate whether FR2 MPE reporting is not configured or if power backoff is applied for power management if the serving cell operates in FR1. . Note that the 'P' field is set to 1 if the corresponding P CMAX field would have had a different value if no power backoff had been applied for power management.
  • the 'MPE' field satisfies the MPE requirement if FR2 MPE reporting (higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is set and the serving cell operates in FR2 and the 'P' field is set to 1 may indicate the power backoff applied for This field may indicate an index corresponding to the measured P-MPR value (eg, in dB).
  • the R field (bits of R) instead of the 'MPE' field may exist.
  • NR also supports multiple entry PHR MAC CE (multiple entry PHR MAC CE) containing multiple data similar to the single entry (2 octets) described above.
  • a multiple entry PHR MAC CE may include a PH field for a Primary Secondary Cell (PSCell), a Secondary Cell (SCell), and the like.
  • PCell and PSCell may also be called special cells (SpCell).
  • Fig. 2 shows Rel. 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE. Fields similar to those in FIG. 1 will not be repeated.
  • the 6-bit fields containing the word 'PH' in FIG. 2 respectively indicate the corresponding type (eg, types 1-3 above) and PH field for the cell.
  • Type 2 PH field for SpCells of other MAC entities may be set by the higher layer parameter phr-Type2OtherCell being true.
  • the 6-bit field containing the term 'P CMAX,f,c ' in FIG. 2 is the P CMAX,f,c field that indicates the P CMAX,f, c used in the calculation of the previous PH field.
  • 'C i ' in FIG. 2 is a field indicating whether the PH field of the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell index i is included in the PHR.
  • the number attached to the "serving cell" of the PH field and the number attached to the P CMAX, f, and c fields may not mean the serving cell index, and is simply the value included in MAC CE. or
  • the network may transmit to the UE PHR setting information regarding conditions that trigger PHR.
  • the PHR setting information includes, for example, a prohibit timer, a periodic timer, a path loss change threshold, and the like. Higher layer signaling may be used for the notification.
  • the UE triggers PHR if the PHR trigger conditions are met.
  • higher layer signaling may be, for example, Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling, broadcast information, or a combination thereof.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • Broadcast information includes, for example, Master Information Block (MIB), System Information Block (SIB), Remaining Minimum System Information (RMSI), and other system information ( It may be Other System Information (OSI).
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • SIB System Information Block
  • RMSI Remaining Minimum System Information
  • OSI System Information
  • 3GPP Rel. 16 NR defines mpe-ProhibitTimer and mpe-Threshold in addition to the above mpe-Reporting-FR2 as RRC parameters for controlling PHR.
  • mpe-Reporting-FR2 is a parameter indicating whether the UE reports MPE P-MPR in PHR MAC CE.
  • mpe-ProhibitTimer is a parameter that indicates the duration of a timer (for example, the number of subframes) that is started when an MPE P-MPR report is reported.
  • mpe-Threshold is a parameter that indicates the P-MPR threshold [dB] for MPE P-MPR reporting when FR2 is set.
  • a timer based on mpe-ProhibitTimer is sometimes expressed as mpe-ProhibitTimer, and is also called a prohibition timer.
  • a PHR (this PHR is also called MPE P-MPR reporting) is triggered when at least one of the following events occurs: may also be: A measured P-MPR that applies to meet FR2 MPE requirements for at least one activated FR2 serving cell since the last transmission of PHR in the MAC entity is greater than or equal to mpe-Threshold is FR2 for at least one activated FR2 serving cell since the last transmission of PHR in the MAC entity due to the measured P-MPR being equal to or greater than the mpe-Threshold, which applies to meet MPE requirements Measured P-MPR varies more than phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange applied to meet the MPE requirements of
  • the phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange is a parameter that indicates the threshold [dB] for PHR reporting.
  • FR2 MPE requirements may also be defined, for example, in 3GPP TS 38.101-2.
  • the MPE P-MPR report is triggered when the P-MPR is greater than or equal to the threshold (mpe-Threshold) or when the change in P-MPR since the last report is greater than the threshold (phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange). be.
  • the UE If the UE has available UL resources that can accommodate a MAC CE for the triggered PHR (PHR MAC CE), it generates and transmits the PHR MAC CE.
  • the UE When an MPE P-MPR report (of a PHR MAC CE) is sent, the UE starts or restarts the mpe-ProhibitTimer and sends a triggered MPE P-MPR report for the serving cell contained within that PHR MAC CE. Cancel.
  • Multi-TRP In NR, one or more transmission/reception points (Transmission/Reception Points (TRP)) (multi-TRP (Multi-TRP (M-TRP))) uses one or more panels (multi-panels) to It is considered to perform DL transmission to. It is also being considered for UEs to perform UL transmissions on one or more TRPs.
  • TRP Transmission/Reception Points
  • M-TRP Multi-TRP
  • UEs uses one or more panels (multi-panels) to It is considered to perform DL transmission to. It is also being considered for UEs to perform UL transmissions on one or more TRPs.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • SRIs SRS resource indicators
  • TPMIs Transmitted precoding matrix indicators
  • the UE may determine the precoder for PUSCH transmission based on SRI, Transmitted Rank Indicator (TRI) and TPMI for codebook-based transmission.
  • the UE may determine the precoder for PUSCH transmission based on the SRI for non-codebook-based transmission.
  • the SRI may be specified for the UE by the DCI or given by higher layer parameters.
  • Option 1 SRI/TPMI (values) for multiple (eg, 2) TRPs are indicated using a field that indicates multiple (eg, 2) SRI/TPMIs; - Option 2: A field indicating one SRI/TPMI is indicated, and code points corresponding to multiple (for example, two) SRI/TPMI values are set in the field indicating the SRI/TPMI.
  • each codepoint of multiple SRI/TPMI fields may correspond to one TPMI value.
  • the correspondence (association) between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value may be defined in advance in the specification. Also, the correspondence (association) between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value is described in Rel. 16 may be used, or the correspondence specified in Rel. 17 or later may be used. The correspondence between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value may be different for each of the plurality of SRI/TPMI fields.
  • a codepoint indicating one SRI/TPMI field may correspond to multiple (for example, two) SRI/TPMI values.
  • the correspondence (association) between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value may be defined in the specifications in advance, or may be notified/configured/activated by RRC signaling/MAC CE.
  • single PUSCH transmission/repeated transmission of PUSCH using a single TRP (Single TRP (STRP)) and repeated transmission of PUSCH using multiple TRPs (Multi TRP (MTRP)) are dynamically controlled by DCI. is being considered to be directed/switched to The dynamic switch is based on Rel. 16 may be used, or specific fields contained in the DCI defined by Rel. Certain fields defined in 17 et seq. (eg, fields for specifying STRP or MTRP operations) may be utilized.
  • dynamic switch in the present disclosure may mean “a switch that uses at least one of higher layer signaling and physical layer signaling”.
  • switch in the present disclosure may be read interchangeably as switching, change, changing, application, instruction, setting, and the like.
  • reporting two PHRs for two TRPs may be configured for the UE by higher layer parameters (RRC parameters).
  • RRC parameters higher layer parameters
  • the first PHR is Rel. May be reported similarly to 15/16.
  • the second PHR may be a PHR of a TRP that is different from the first PHR.
  • the second PHR may be reported as a real PHR or a virtual PHR.
  • the actual PHR is a PHR based on the actual PUSCH transmission, and may be called a real PHR.
  • the actual PHR may be calculated based on the power control parameters for the actual PUSCH transmission.
  • a virtual PHR is a PHR that does not depend on the actual PUSCH transmission (based on a reference PUSCH transmission), and is called a reference PHR, a PHR that follows a reference format, etc. may
  • the virtual PHR is Rel. It may be calculated based on the default power control parameters already defined in 15/16 NR, or may be calculated based on new default power control parameters.
  • the power control parameters are P CMAX, f, c , Maximum Power Reduction (MPR), P-MPR, Additional Maximum Power Reduction (Additional MPR (A-MPR)), ⁇ Tc, P 0 , alpha, It may be at least one of a pathloss reference signal (PL-RS) and a closed loop index (l). For example, Rel.
  • the current standard does not specify how to configure the above-mentioned P CMAX field, P field, MPE field, etc. when two PHRs are included in the PHR MAC CE. Also, the trigger conditions for PHR MAC CE have not been fully considered. If an appropriate PHR is not reported, communication throughput, communication quality, etc. may deteriorate.
  • the present inventors came up with a method for appropriately reporting PHRs containing multiple PHs.
  • A/B and “at least one of A and B” may be read interchangeably.
  • activate, deactivate, indicate (or indicate), select, configure, update, determine, etc. may be read interchangeably.
  • RRC RRC parameters
  • RRC messages RRC signaling
  • higher layer parameters RRC signaling
  • IEs information elements
  • MAC CE update command
  • activation/deactivation command may be read interchangeably.
  • supporting, controlling, controllable, operating, and capable of operating may be read interchangeably.
  • panels, beams, panel groups, beam groups, precoders, Uplink (UL) transmitting entities, TRPs, spatial relationship information (SRI), spatial relationships, SRS Resource Indicator (SRI), SRS resources, Control resource set (Control Resource SET (CORESET)), Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), codeword, base station, predetermined antenna port (for example, demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port), predetermined Antenna port group (e.g., DMRS port group), predetermined group (e.g., Code Division Multiplexing (CDM) group, predetermined reference signal group, CORESET group), predetermined resource (e.g., predetermined reference signal resource), predetermined resource set (for example, predetermined reference signal resource set), CORESET pool, PUCCH group (PUCCH resource group), spatial relationship group, downlink TCI state (DL TCI state), uplink TCI state ( UL TCI state), unified TCI state, common TCI state, QCL, QCL assumption, etc. may be read interchange
  • TCI state identifier (ID) and the TCI state may be read interchangeably.
  • the TCI state and TCI may be read interchangeably.
  • indexes, IDs, indicators, and resource IDs may be read interchangeably.
  • sequences, lists, sets, groups, groups, clusters, subsets, etc. may be read interchangeably.
  • TRP index CORESET pool index (CORESETPoolIndex), pool index, group index, etc. may be read interchangeably.
  • a single PDCCH may be referred to as a PDCCH (DCI) of the first scheduling type (eg, scheduling type A (or type 1)).
  • a multi-PDCCH may also be referred to as a PDCCH (DCI) of a second scheduling type (eg, scheduling type B (or type 2)).
  • the i-th TRP may mean the i-th TCI state, the i-th CDM group, etc. (i is an integer).
  • multi-TRP MTRP, M-TRP
  • multi-TRP system multi-TRP transmission
  • multi-PDSCH multi-PDSCH
  • single DCI sDCI
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • multi-TRP system based on single DCI
  • sDCI-based MTRP scheduling multiple PUSCHs (corresponding to different SRIs) with one DCI, sDCI-based MTRP transmission, at least Activating two TCI states on one TCI codepoint
  • sDCI single DCI
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • multi-TRP system based on single DCI
  • sDCI-based MTRP scheduling multiple PUSCHs (corresponding to different SRIs) with one DCI
  • sDCI-based MTRP transmission at least Activating two TCI states on one TCI codepoint
  • multi-DCI multi-PDCCH
  • multi-TRP system based on multi-DCI
  • mDCI-based MTRP mDCI-based MTRP transmission
  • multi-DCI is used for MTRP
  • the iterations of the present disclosure are MTRP-based iterations, Rel. 17 repetitions, repetitions applying different spatial relationships, repeated PUSCHs, repeated PUCCHs, repeated transmissions, etc. may be interchanged.
  • repeated transmission in the following embodiments may correspond to at least one of repeated transmission type A, repeated transmission type B, and other repeated transmission types.
  • repeated PUSCH the same codeword/transport block may be transmitted in each PUSCH (each repetition).
  • a repeated PUSCH may be interchanged with multiple PUSCHs having the same content (eg, data/codeword/transport block).
  • the first TRP and the second TRP are the first PUSCH and the second PUSCH, the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity, the first SRI and the second SRI, etc. and may be read interchangeably.
  • the MTRP PUSCH repetitions in this disclosure are: 2 PUCCH repetitions into 2 TRPs, 2 PUSCH repetitions with 2 SRIs, 2 PUSCH repetitions with 2 sets of power control parameters (power control parameters are described below), and so on may be interchanged.
  • STRP PUSCH repetition may mean repeated transmission of multiple PUSCHs transmitted using one (same) SRI/power control parameter set/beam/precoder. Note that a single transmission may mean a PUSCH transmission sent using one SRI/power control parameter set/beam/precoder.
  • PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission to TRP1 may mean PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission using the first SRI (or SRI field)/first power control parameter set.
  • PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission to TRP2 may mean PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission using the second SRI (or SRI field)/second power control parameter set.
  • Repeated transmission of PUSCH using multiple TRPs in the following embodiments is M-TRP PUSCH, MTRP PUSCH repeated, PUSCH transmission using multiple TRPs, repeated transmission of PUSCH for multiple TRPs, PUSCH over multiple TRPs , repeated PUSCH over multiple TRPs, simply repeated PUSCH, repeated transmission, multiple PUSCH transmissions, PUSCH transmission using multiple SRIs, M-TRP PUSCH, and so on.
  • PUSCH transmission using a single TRP includes S-TRP PUSCH, STRP PUSCH repetition, PUSCH transmission using a single TRP, repetition transmission of PUSCH for a single TRP, PUSCH over a single TRP, single TRPs, a single PUSCH transmission for a single TRP, just a single PUSCH transmission, a PUSCH transmission in a single TRP, a PUSCH transmission with a single SRI, and so on.
  • each SRI field may indicate one or more SRS resources (SRIs) to the UE.
  • SRIs SRS resources
  • common or different embodiments may be applied to codebook-based PUSCH transmission and non-codebook-based PUSCH transmission.
  • UL transmission is not limited to PUSCH, and each embodiment of the present disclosure can be appropriately applied to PUCCH (PUSCH may be read as PUCCH).
  • the CORESET pool index is set to 0 may be read interchangeably as “the CORESET pool index is set to 0 or the CORESET pool index is not set”.
  • the CORESET pool index, the PUSCH repetition index, and the upper layer index may be read interchangeably.
  • PHR PHR
  • PH PH field
  • PH value a PH field
  • a PH field may be read interchangeably with a PH field of a certain type (eg, type 1/2/3/X).
  • MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled for the UE by an upper layer parameter, it is not limited to this.
  • 'MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled' may mean 'two codebook-based/non-codebook-based SRS resource sets are configured'.
  • each embodiment described later assumes that reporting two PHRs for two TRPs to the UE is enabled by higher layer parameters, but is not limited to this.
  • MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled "reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is enabled”, etc. may be read as nothing.
  • the PHR MAC CE may include fields for each of multiple serving cells (P CMAX field, P field, etc.). Also, PHR MAC CE, PHR and MPE P-MPR reports in the following embodiments may be read interchangeably.
  • P CMAX field/P-MPR value/power backoff of (for/for/corresponding to) PH field means “(for/for/corresponding to) PUSCH transmission corresponding to PH field. may be interchanged with "P CMAX field/P-MPR value/power back off”.
  • P-MPR P-MPR value
  • power back-off may be read interchangeably.
  • any frequency range (eg, FR2) may be interchanged with any other FR (eg, FR1/3/4/X).
  • FR frequency range
  • FR1/3/4/X any frequency range
  • MPE report of FR2 may be replaced with "MPE report”.
  • the first embodiment relates to the P CMAX field in PHR MAC CE.
  • two P CMAX fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included.
  • the first P CMAX field indicates the value of P CMAX used to calculate the first PH field of the serving cell
  • the second P CMAX field indicates the second P CMAX field of the serving cell. may indicate the value of P CMAX used to calculate the PH field of .
  • only one P CMAX field corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included.
  • the P CMAX field may indicate at least one of the following: - the value of P CMAX used to calculate the first PH field of the serving cell; - the value of P CMAX used to calculate the second PH field of the serving cell; - The value of P CMAX used to calculate the first PH field and the second PH field of the serving cell (in this case, the common P CMAX value is used to calculate the first PH field and the second PH field may be used), • The value of P CMAX used to calculate the PH field corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (if the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1).
  • the UE even when two PH fields of one serving cell are included in the PHR report, the UE appropriately includes the P CMAX field corresponding to the PH field in the PHR report. be able to.
  • a second embodiment relates to the P field in PHR MAC CE.
  • Embodiment 2.1 If FR2 MPE reporting (higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured and the serving cell operates in FR2, Embodiment 2.2: MPE reporting in FR2 is not configured or the serving cell operates in FR1.
  • the applied P-MPR value for (corresponding to) the first PH field of the serving cell is that of the second PH field of the serving cell.
  • the applied P-MPR value for (corresponding to) is also simply referred to as the second P-MPR value.
  • two P fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included.
  • the first P-field indicates whether the first P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00)
  • the second P-field indicates whether the , may indicate whether the second P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00).
  • the specific P-MPR value for each P-field may be the same or different.
  • the UE may determine information about specific P-MPR values for certain P-fields based on specific rules/UE capabilities, physical layer signaling (eg DCI), higher layer signaling (eg RRC signaling, MAC CE), a specific signal/channel, or a combination thereof.
  • a specific P-MPR value may be read interchangeably with "a set/specified threshold”.
  • Embodiment 2.1.1 set to 0 if the first P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value, otherwise set to 1
  • Embodiment 2.1.2 set to 0 if the second P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value, otherwise set to 1
  • Embodiment 2.1.3 The applied P-MPR value for the PH field corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1) is specified set to 0 if less than the P-MPR value, set to 1 otherwise
  • Embodiment 2.1.4 set to 0 if both the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value are less than a particular P-MPR value, else 1 is set to Embodiment 2.1.5: set to 0 if both the first P-MPR value and the second
  • both the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value are smaller than a specific P-MPR value, and the first P-MPR value and Only the case where both of the second P-MPR values are not less than the particular P-MPR value may be assumed (the other cases may not occur).
  • one of the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value is smaller than the specific P-MPR value, and the other is the specific P-MPR value. It may be assumed that cases not less than the P-MPR value may occur (eg, it may be assumed that these cases may occur in addition to the cases assumed in embodiment 2.1.4).
  • FIG. 3A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.1.4.
  • both the first PHR (PH) field and the second PHR (PH) field are less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00), or both are less than the particular P-MPR value Only the above cases are assumed.
  • FIG. 3B is a diagram showing an example of cases assumed in Embodiments 2.1.5 and 2.1.6.
  • both the first PHR (PH) field and the second PHR (PH) field are less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00), or both are less than the particular P-MPR value
  • P-MPR_00 a particular P-MPR value
  • cases where one is smaller than the specific P-MPR value and the other is greater than or equal to the specific P-MPR value are also assumed.
  • applying power backoff for power management for (corresponding to) the first PH field of the serving cell simply means “the first power backoff is applied”. Also, applying power backoff for power management for (corresponding to) the second PH field of the serving cell is also simply referred to as “applying the second power backoff.”
  • two P fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included.
  • the first P-field indicates whether the first power backoff (eg, P-MPR>0) is applied
  • the second P-field indicates whether the second It may indicate whether power backoff (eg, P-MPR>0) applies.
  • the power backoff for each P-field may be the same or different.
  • the UE may determine information on power backoff for certain P-fields based on specific rules/UE capabilities, physical layer signaling (e.g. DCI), higher layer signaling (e.g. RRC signaling, MAC CE), a specific signal/channel, or a combination thereof.
  • power backoff eg, P-MPR>0
  • P-MPR>0 applies means "that the corresponding P CMAX field has a different value if no power backoff is applied for power management. It could be read as "it was”.
  • Embodiment 2.2.1 set to 1 if the first power backoff is applied, otherwise set to 0; Embodiment 2.2.2: set to 1 if the second power backoff is applied, otherwise set to 0; Embodiment 2.2.3: Power back-off for power management for PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1) , P-MPR>0) applies, set to 0 otherwise; Embodiment 2.2.4: set to 1 if both the first power backoff and the second power backoff are applied, otherwise set to 0; Embodiment 2.2.5: set to 1 if both the first power backoff and the second power backoff are applied, otherwise set to 0; Embodiment 2.2.6: set to 1 if one (or at least one) of the first power backoff and the second power
  • Embodiments 2.2.5/2.2.6 above it is assumed that there may be cases where one of the first power back-off and the second power back-off is applied and the other is not applied. (eg, it may be assumed that these cases may occur in addition to those assumed in embodiment 2.2.4).
  • FIG. 4A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.2.4.
  • P-MPR power back off
  • PH first PHR
  • PH second PHR
  • P-MPR power back off
  • FIG. 4B is a diagram showing an example of cases assumed in Embodiments 2.2.5 and 2.2.6. In this example, not only the case where P-MPR is applied to both the first PHR (PH) field and the second PHR (PH) field, and the case where P-MPR is not applied to both, P - Cases where MPR applies but not the other are envisioned.
  • the P field corresponding to the PH field can be appropriately included in the PHR report. can be done.
  • a third embodiment relates to the MPE field in PHR MAC CE.
  • the power backoff applied to meet the MPE requirements for (corresponding to) the first PH field of the serving cell is also simply referred to as the first power backoff, and the second power backoff of the serving cell.
  • the power backoff applied to meet the MPE requirements for (corresponding to) the PH field of is also simply referred to as the second power backoff.
  • the MPE field may indicate an index corresponding to the measured P-MPR value (eg, in dB).
  • FR2 MPE reporting (eg, higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured, the serving cell operates in FR2, and at least one P-field corresponding to the serving cell is set to 1.
  • two MPE fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. Of these two MPE fields, the first MPE field may indicate a first power backoff and the second MPE field may indicate a second power backoff.
  • FR2 MPE reporting (eg, higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured, the serving cell operates in FR2, and at least one P-field corresponding to the serving cell is set to 1. , only one MPE field corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included.
  • the P CMAX field may indicate at least one of the following: a first power back off; a second power back off; a first power backoff and a second power backoff (in this case, a common power backoff value may be used to calculate the first PH field and the second PH field); Power backoff applied to meet MPE requirements for (corresponding to) PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (if the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1) .
  • the FR2 MPE reporting (eg, higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured and the serving cell operates in FR2" means "whether the FR2 MPE reporting is configured , or the serving cell operates in FR1.
  • the MPE field corresponding to the PH field can be appropriately included in the PHR report. can be done.
  • the PHR MAC CE of the first to third embodiments may be a single entry PHR MAC CE or a multiple entry PHR MAC CE.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments. Differences from FIG. 1 will be described, and descriptions of the same points will not be repeated.
  • PH_1 and PH_2 correspond to the first PH field and the second PH field, respectively, and may indicate, for example, the PH for TRP1 and the PH for TRP2. Also, "_1" and “_2" attached to other fields indicate that the fields correspond to the first PH field and the second PH field, respectively.
  • P_1 and P_2 correspond to the first and second P fields of the second embodiment
  • MPE_1 and MPE_2 correspond to the first and second MPE fields of the third embodiment
  • P CMAX _1 and P CMAX _2 may correspond to the first and second P CMAX fields of the first embodiment. Note that “_1” and “_2" may not be written, or may be written differently.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments. Differences from FIG. 2 will be described, and descriptions of the same points will not be repeated. Further, the description of the fields for which the same contents have been described with reference to FIG. 5 will not be repeated.
  • PH_j,1 and PH_j,2 correspond to the first and second PH fields, respectively, and may indicate, for example, the PH for TRP1 and the PH for TRP2. Also, “_j, 1" and “_j, 2" attached to other fields indicate that the field corresponds to the first PH field and the second PH field, respectively. Note that “_j, 1" and “_j, 2" may not be written, or may be written differently.
  • the Xi field (the octet including the Xi field) does not have to be included in the PHR MAC CE. This is because if the number of PHs reported for each serving cell is configured, if reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is configured/enabled, etc., there is no need to include the Xi field. be.
  • the fourth embodiment relates to trigger conditions (trigger events) of PHR MAC CE.
  • the PHR MAC CE may be the PHR MAC CE of the first to third embodiments.
  • Embodiment 4.1 The fourth embodiment is roughly divided into Embodiment 4.1 and Embodiment 4.2. It should be understood, like other embodiments, that these embodiments are not exclusive (both may be applied).
  • PHR MAC CE may be triggered when the following events occur (UE may trigger PHR MAC CE in such cases):
  • the measured P-MPR applied to meet the MPE requirements of FR2 for at least one activated FR2 serving cell since the last transmission of PHR in the MAC entity is a threshold (e.g. , the threshold indicated by the upper layer parameter mpe-Threshold).
  • Option 4.1.1 refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the first PHR as the measured P-MPR
  • Option 4.1.2 refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the second PHR as the measured P-MPR
  • Option 4.1.3 refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of one PHR, which is actually the PHR, of the first PHR and the second PHR as the measured P-MPR
  • Option 4.1.4 Replace the above "measured P-MPR is greater than or equal to the threshold” with "measured P-MPR of both the first PHR and the second PHR are greater than or equal to the threshold”
  • Option 4.1.5 The above “measured P-MPR is greater than or equal to the threshold” is changed to "either/at least one of the first PHR and the second P
  • the threshold for (the P-MPR of) the first PHR utilizes the threshold indicated by the existing upper layer parameter (eg, mpe-Threshold), and the threshold for (the measured P-MPR of) the second PHR For the threshold for , use the threshold indicated by the new upper layer parameter (eg, mpe-Threshold2). Note that these thresholds may be reversed.
  • Option 4.1.9 As the measured P-MPR, refer to the larger value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use ),
  • Option 4.1.10 As the measured P-MPR, refer to the smaller value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use ).
  • PHR MAC CE may be triggered when the following events occur (UE may trigger PHR MAC CE in such cases): PHR at the MAC entity due to the measured P-MPR being equal to or greater than a threshold (e.g.
  • the measured P-MPR applied to meet the MPE requirements of FR2 is a certain value (e.g., higher layer parameter phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange values indicated by ).
  • Option 4.2.1 refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the first PHR as the measured P-MPR
  • Option 4.2.2 refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the second PHR as the measured P-MPR
  • Option 4.2.3 refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of one PHR, which is actually the PHR, of the first PHR and the second PHR as the measured P-MPR
  • Option 4.2.4 Replace "measured P-MPR varies more than a certain value” above with “measured P-MPR of both the first PHR and the second PHR change significantly,”
  • Option 4.2.5 Replace the above "measured P-MPR fluctuates more than a certain value” with "one of the first PHR and the second PHR / at least one of the measured P-MPR fluctuates more
  • the specific value for the first PHR utilizes the value indicated by an existing upper layer parameter (eg, phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange), and the second PHR (the measured P-MPR) uses the value indicated by the new upper layer parameter (eg, phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange2).
  • the measured P-MPR refer to the larger value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use )
  • Option 4.2.10 As the measured P-MPR, refer to the smaller value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use ).
  • Transmission (eg, transmission of PHR) in the fourth embodiment may fall under at least one of the following cases: - Case 1: the transmission is an actual PUSCH transmission and is an S-TRP PUSCH transmission; - Case 2: the transmission is an actual PUSCH transmission and is an M-TRP PUSCH transmission; - Case 3: The transmission is a virtual PUSCH transmission (reference PUSCH transmission).
  • Case 1 above may be rewritten by applying one SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set, or dynamic S-TRP/M included in DCI that schedules PUSCH.
  • -TRP switching field may be replaced by indicating S-TRP (for example, the value of the SRS resource set indicator field specified in Rel.17 indicates 0 or 1).
  • Case 1 may include at least one of the following: Case 1-1: the S-TRP is TRP1 (the first SRS resource set is applied, or the value of the SRS resource set indicator field indicates 0); Case 1-2: the S-TRP is TRP2 (the second SRS resource set is applied or the value of the SRS resource set indicator field indicates 1).
  • Cases 1-1 and 1-2 may or may not be distinguished.
  • Case 2 above may be rewritten by applying two SRI fields/TPMI fields/SRS resource sets/power control parameter sets, or dynamic S-TRP/M included in DCI that schedules PUSCH.
  • -TRP switching field may be replaced by indicating M-TRP (for example, the value of the SRS resource set indicator field defined in Rel.17 indicates 2 or 3).
  • Case 2 may include at least one of the following: Case 2-1: The order of M-TRP (M-TRP PUSCH) is ⁇ TRP1, TRP2 ⁇ (the first iteration is associated with the first TRP/SRS resource set/SRI field, or resource set indicator field value indicates 2), Case 2-2: The order of M-TRP (M-TRP PUSCH) is ⁇ TRP2, TRP1 ⁇ (the first iteration is associated with the second TRP/SRS resource set/SRI field, or The value of the resource set indicator field indicates 3).
  • Case 2-1 The order of M-TRP (M-TRP PUSCH) is ⁇ TRP1, TRP2 ⁇ (the first iteration is associated with the first TRP/SRS resource set/SRI field, or resource set indicator field value indicates 2)
  • Case 2-2 The order of M-TRP (M-TRP PUSCH) is ⁇ TRP2, TRP1 ⁇ (the first iteration is associated with the second TRP/SRS resource set/SRI field,
  • Cases 2-1 and 2-2 may or may not be distinguished.
  • the final transmission of PHR and the transmission of PHR triggered based on the (current) measured P-MPR in the fourth embodiment may correspond to the above different cases respectively, or the same may apply to the case.
  • the last transmission of PHR MAC CE corresponds to case 1 (/1-1/1-2)/2 (/2-1/2-2)/3 and based on the current measured P-MPR
  • the transmission of the PHR MAC CE triggered by this may fall under case 1 (/1-1/1-2)/2 (/2-1/2-2)/3.
  • "when MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled and reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is enabled” means “MTRP PUSCH repetition and two two PHR reports for TRP, and at least one of which is enabled”.
  • At least one of the above embodiments may be applied when STRP PUSCH repetition or single transmission (in other words, PUSCH transmission without repetition) is specified by DCI for a serving cell. , may be applied when MTRP PUSCH repetition is specified by the DCI for a serving cell.
  • reporting the PHR may mean “reporting the PHR for the serving cell for which the DCI designates STRP PUSCH repetition/single transmission/MTRP PUSCH repetition”.
  • the PHR reported may be Type 1 PH or other types of PH.
  • the first PH (PH indicated by the first PH field) and the second PH (PH indicated by the second PH field) appearing in each embodiment correspond to at least one of the following cases.
  • the last transmitted PHR and the triggered PHR based on the (current) measured P-MPR in the fourth embodiment may correspond to the different cases above, respectively, or the same case. may correspond to For example, the 2 PHs included in the last transmitted PHR MAC CE fall under cases A/B/C/D, and the 2 included in the PHR MAC CE triggered based on the current measured P-MPR PH may fall under cases A/B/C/D.
  • first PH and the second PH may be reported in one PHR MAC CE, or may be reported in separate (multiple) PHR MAC CEs.
  • the first PH may mean the PH of the first PUSCH iteration (the earliest PUSCH iteration).
  • the first PH is the PH of the PUSCH repetition (or the first PUSCH repetition or the earliest PUSCH repetition) associated with the first SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP. may mean.
  • the second PH may mean a PH of TRP that is different from the first PH.
  • the second PH uses the second SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP related PUSCH repetition (or first/second PUSCH repetition or earliest/latest PUSCH repeat). Note that the second SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP is different from the first SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP.
  • the (applied) P-MPR of the first/second PH (PHR) is the (applied) P-MPR of the corresponding PUSCH transmission of the first/second PH (PHR) may mean.
  • the UE may have multiple panels (UL panels, panels available for UL transmission).
  • panels, UE antenna groups, UE antenna port groups, UE capability values, and UE capability value sets may be read interchangeably.
  • Multiple panels may also support different numbers of antenna ports, different numbers of SRS ports, different numbers of layers, different numbers of beams, different transmit powers, different Equivalent Isotopically Radiated Power (EIRP). (In other words, different panels may transmit/receive these parameters (elements) differently).
  • EIRP Equivalent Isotopically Radiated Power
  • a UE that supports multiple panels and a UE that does not support multiple panels may be applied with different options (aspects/configurations/controls) of the first/second/third/fourth embodiments described above.
  • a PHR MAC CE reporting two PH fields for the same panel and a PHR MAC CE reporting two PH fields for a different panel may have different configurations.
  • MPE reporting may not be supported together with PHR reporting for M-TRP.
  • the UE for a serving cell, M-TRP PUSCH repetition and two PHR for PUSCH to two TRP, if at least one of is configured / supported / enabled, FR2 MPE reporting may not be expected to be set.
  • the UE for a certain serving cell, M-TRP PUSCH repetition and two PHRs for PUSCH to two TRP, at least one of is configured / supported / enabled, FR2 of The setting of MPE reporting may be ignored, or it may be assumed that FR2 MPE reporting is not set regardless of the received configuration information (actual configuration).
  • the specific UE capabilities may indicate at least one of the following: Whether or not to support PUSCH repetition of multi-TRP; Whether to support two PH/P CMAX /P/MPE fields (including PHR MAC CE) (per serving cell); Whether to support two PHRs for PUSCH to two TRPs; whether to support MPE reporting; • Whether to support MPE reporting with M-TRP PUSCH repetition and/or two PHRs for PUSCH to two TRPs.
  • the specific UE capability may be determined for each serving cell/BWP/FR.
  • At least one of the above embodiments may be applied if the UE is configured with specific information related to the above embodiments by higher layer signaling (if not configured, for example Rel. 15/ 16 operations apply).
  • the specific information indicates to enable/set multiple PH/P CMAX /P/MPE fields (including PHR MAC CE), information indicating to enable multi-TRP PUSCH repetition.
  • the UE may be configured using higher layer parameters as to which embodiment/case/condition described above is used to control the PHR.
  • wireless communication system A configuration of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described below.
  • communication is performed using any one of the radio communication methods according to the above embodiments of the present disclosure or a combination thereof.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a wireless communication system according to one embodiment.
  • the wireless communication system 1 may be a system that realizes communication using Long Term Evolution (LTE), 5th generation mobile communication system New Radio (5G NR), etc. specified by the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). .
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 5G NR 5th generation mobile communication system New Radio
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • the wireless communication system 1 may also support dual connectivity between multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) (Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity (MR-DC)).
  • RATs Radio Access Technologies
  • MR-DC is dual connectivity between LTE (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)) and NR (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity (EN-DC)), dual connectivity between NR and LTE (NR-E -UTRA Dual Connectivity (NE-DC)), etc.
  • RATs Radio Access Technologies
  • MR-DC is dual connectivity between LTE (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)) and NR (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity (EN-DC)), dual connectivity between NR and LTE (NR-E -UTRA Dual Connectivity (NE-DC)), etc.
  • LTE Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
  • EN-DC E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity
  • NE-DC NR-E -UTRA Dual Connectivity
  • the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the master node (MN), and the NR base station (gNB) is the secondary node (SN).
  • the NR base station (gNB) is the MN, and the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the SN.
  • the wireless communication system 1 has dual connectivity between multiple base stations within the same RAT (for example, dual connectivity (NR-NR Dual Connectivity (NN-DC) in which both MN and SN are NR base stations (gNB) )) may be supported.
  • dual connectivity NR-NR Dual Connectivity (NN-DC) in which both MN and SN are NR base stations (gNB)
  • gNB NR base stations
  • a wireless communication system 1 includes a base station 11 forming a macrocell C1 with a relatively wide coverage, and base stations 12 (12a-12c) arranged in the macrocell C1 and forming a small cell C2 narrower than the macrocell C1. You may prepare.
  • a user terminal 20 may be located within at least one cell. The arrangement, number, etc. of each cell and user terminals 20 are not limited to the embodiment shown in the figure.
  • the base stations 11 and 12 are collectively referred to as the base station 10 when not distinguished.
  • the user terminal 20 may connect to at least one of the multiple base stations 10 .
  • the user terminal 20 may utilize at least one of carrier aggregation (CA) using a plurality of component carriers (CC) and dual connectivity (DC).
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • CC component carriers
  • DC dual connectivity
  • Each CC may be included in at least one of the first frequency band (Frequency Range 1 (FR1)) and the second frequency band (Frequency Range 2 (FR2)).
  • Macrocell C1 may be included in FR1, and small cell C2 may be included in FR2.
  • FR1 may be a frequency band below 6 GHz (sub-6 GHz)
  • FR2 may be a frequency band above 24 GHz (above-24 GHz). Note that the frequency bands and definitions of FR1 and FR2 are not limited to these, and for example, FR1 may correspond to a higher frequency band than FR2.
  • the user terminal 20 may communicate using at least one of Time Division Duplex (TDD) and Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) in each CC.
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • a plurality of base stations 10 may be connected by wire (for example, an optical fiber conforming to Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI), X2 interface, etc.) or wirelessly (for example, NR communication).
  • wire for example, an optical fiber conforming to Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI), X2 interface, etc.
  • NR communication for example, when NR communication is used as a backhaul between the base stations 11 and 12, the base station 11 corresponding to the upper station is an Integrated Access Backhaul (IAB) donor, and the base station 12 corresponding to the relay station (relay) is an IAB Also called a node.
  • IAB Integrated Access Backhaul
  • relay station relay station
  • the base station 10 may be connected to the core network 30 directly or via another base station 10 .
  • the core network 30 may include, for example, at least one of Evolved Packet Core (EPC), 5G Core Network (5GCN), Next Generation Core (NGC), and the like.
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • 5GCN 5G Core Network
  • NGC Next Generation Core
  • the user terminal 20 may be a terminal compatible with at least one of communication schemes such as LTE, LTE-A, and 5G.
  • a radio access scheme based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing may be used.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • CP-OFDM Cyclic Prefix OFDM
  • DFT-s-OFDM Discrete Fourier Transform Spread OFDM
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • a radio access method may be called a waveform.
  • other radio access schemes for example, other single-carrier transmission schemes and other multi-carrier transmission schemes
  • the UL and DL radio access schemes may be used as the UL and DL radio access schemes.
  • a downlink shared channel Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH)
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • an uplink shared channel (PUSCH) shared by each user terminal 20 an uplink control channel (PUCCH), a random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH)) or the like may be used.
  • PUSCH uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH uplink control channel
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • User data, upper layer control information, System Information Block (SIB), etc. are transmitted by the PDSCH.
  • User data, higher layer control information, and the like may be transmitted by PUSCH.
  • a Master Information Block (MIB) may be transmitted by the PBCH.
  • Lower layer control information may be transmitted by the PDCCH.
  • the lower layer control information may include, for example, downlink control information (DCI) including scheduling information for at least one of PDSCH and PUSCH.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the DCI that schedules PDSCH may be called DL assignment, DL DCI, etc.
  • the DCI that schedules PUSCH may be called UL grant, UL DCI, etc.
  • PDSCH may be replaced with DL data
  • PUSCH may be replaced with UL data.
  • a control resource set (CControl Resource SET (CORESET)) and a search space (search space) may be used for PDCCH detection.
  • CORESET corresponds to a resource searching for DCI.
  • the search space corresponds to the search area and search method of PDCCH candidates.
  • a CORESET may be associated with one or more search spaces. The UE may monitor CORESETs associated with certain search spaces based on the search space settings.
  • One search space may correspond to PDCCH candidates corresponding to one or more aggregation levels.
  • One or more search spaces may be referred to as a search space set. Note that “search space”, “search space set”, “search space setting”, “search space set setting”, “CORESET”, “CORESET setting”, etc. in the present disclosure may be read interchangeably.
  • PUCCH channel state information
  • acknowledgment information for example, Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK), ACK/NACK, etc.
  • SR scheduling request
  • a random access preamble for connection establishment with a cell may be transmitted by the PRACH.
  • downlink, uplink, etc. may be expressed without adding "link”.
  • various channels may be expressed without adding "Physical" to the head.
  • synchronization signals SS
  • downlink reference signals DL-RS
  • the DL-RS includes a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS)), Positioning Reference Signal (PRS)), Phase Tracking Reference Signal (PTRS)), etc.
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • DMRS Demodulation reference signal
  • PRS Positioning Reference Signal
  • PTRS Phase Tracking Reference Signal
  • the synchronization signal may be, for example, at least one of a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) and a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS).
  • PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • a signal block including SS (PSS, SSS) and PBCH (and DMRS for PBCH) may be called SS/PBCH block, SS Block (SSB), and so on.
  • SS, SSB, etc. may also be referred to as reference signals.
  • DMRS may also be called a user terminal-specific reference signal (UE-specific reference signal).
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a base station according to one embodiment.
  • the base station 10 comprises a control section 110 , a transmission/reception section 120 , a transmission/reception antenna 130 and a transmission line interface 140 .
  • One or more of each of the control unit 110, the transmitting/receiving unit 120, the transmitting/receiving antenna 130, and the transmission path interface 140 may be provided.
  • this example mainly shows the functional blocks of the features of the present embodiment, and it may be assumed that the base station 10 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. A part of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
  • the control unit 110 controls the base station 10 as a whole.
  • the control unit 110 can be configured from a controller, a control circuit, and the like, which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure.
  • the control unit 110 may control signal generation, scheduling (for example, resource allocation, mapping), and the like.
  • the control unit 110 may control transmission/reception, measurement, etc. using the transmission/reception unit 120 , the transmission/reception antenna 130 and the transmission line interface 140 .
  • the control unit 110 may generate data to be transmitted as a signal, control information, a sequence, etc., and transfer them to the transmission/reception unit 120 .
  • the control unit 110 may perform call processing (setup, release, etc.) of communication channels, state management of the base station 10, management of radio resources, and the like.
  • the transmitting/receiving section 120 may include a baseband section 121 , a radio frequency (RF) section 122 and a measuring section 123 .
  • the baseband section 121 may include a transmission processing section 1211 and a reception processing section 1212 .
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 is configured from a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measurement circuit, a transmitting/receiving circuit, etc., which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure. be able to.
  • the transmission/reception unit 120 may be configured as an integrated transmission/reception unit, or may be configured from a transmission unit and a reception unit.
  • the transmission section may be composed of the transmission processing section 1211 and the RF section 122 .
  • the receiving section may be composed of a reception processing section 1212 , an RF section 122 and a measurement section 123 .
  • the transmitting/receiving antenna 130 can be configured from an antenna described based on common recognition in the technical field related to the present disclosure, such as an array antenna.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may transmit the above-described downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, and the like.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may receive the above-described uplink channel, uplink reference signal, and the like.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may form at least one of the transmission beam and the reception beam using digital beamforming (eg, precoding), analog beamforming (eg, phase rotation), or the like.
  • digital beamforming eg, precoding
  • analog beamforming eg, phase rotation
  • the transmission/reception unit 120 (transmission processing unit 1211) performs Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer processing, Radio Link Control (RLC) layer processing (for example, RLC retransmission control), Medium Access Control (MAC) layer processing (for example, HARQ retransmission control), etc. may be performed to generate a bit string to be transmitted.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • HARQ retransmission control for example, HARQ retransmission control
  • the transmission/reception unit 120 (transmission processing unit 1211) performs channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, and discrete Fourier transform (DFT) on the bit string to be transmitted. Processing (if necessary), Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) processing, precoding, transmission processing such as digital-to-analog conversion may be performed, and the baseband signal may be output.
  • channel coding which may include error correction coding
  • modulation modulation
  • mapping mapping
  • filtering filtering
  • DFT discrete Fourier transform
  • DFT discrete Fourier transform
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may perform modulation to a radio frequency band, filter processing, amplification, and the like on the baseband signal, and may transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transmitting/receiving antenna 130. .
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transmitting/receiving antenna 130.
  • the transmission/reception unit 120 (reception processing unit 1212) performs analog-to-digital conversion, Fast Fourier transform (FFT) processing, and Inverse Discrete Fourier transform (IDFT) processing on the acquired baseband signal. )) processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing and PDCP layer processing. User data and the like may be acquired.
  • FFT Fast Fourier transform
  • IDFT Inverse Discrete Fourier transform
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may measure the received signal.
  • the measurement unit 123 may perform Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurement, Channel State Information (CSI) measurement, etc. based on the received signal.
  • the measurement unit 123 measures received power (for example, Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP)), reception quality (for example, Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR), Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)) , signal strength (for example, Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI)), channel information (for example, CSI), and the like may be measured.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • RSSQ Reference Signal Received Quality
  • SINR Signal to Noise Ratio
  • RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
  • channel information for example, CSI
  • the transmission path interface 140 transmits and receives signals (backhaul signaling) to and from devices included in the core network 30, other base stations 10, etc., and user data (user plane data) for the user terminal 20, control plane data, and the like. Data and the like may be obtained, transmitted, and the like.
  • the transmitting unit and receiving unit of the base station 10 in the present disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitting/receiving unit 120, the transmitting/receiving antenna 130, and the transmission line interface 140.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 transmits to the user terminal 20 information (for example, RRC parameters) for setting the inclusion of two Power Headroom (PH) fields in the Medium Access Control (MAC) control element for one serving cell. good too.
  • RRC parameters for example, RRC parameters
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may receive from the user terminal 20 the MAC control element including the P CMAX, f, c fields for at least one of the two PH fields.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 provides setting information related to trigger conditions for Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) reporting for the two Power Headrooms (PH) (eg, mpe-Threshold, mpe-ProhibitTimer, phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange) may be sent to the user terminal 20 .
  • MPE Maximum Permitted Exposure
  • P-MPR Power Management Maximum Power Reduction
  • PH Power Headrooms
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 may receive from the user terminal 20 the MPE P-MPR report triggered based on the trigger condition related to at least one of the two PHs.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a user terminal according to one embodiment.
  • the user terminal 20 includes a control section 210 , a transmission/reception section 220 and a transmission/reception antenna 230 .
  • One or more of each of the control unit 210, the transmitting/receiving unit 220, and the transmitting/receiving antenna 230 may be provided.
  • this example mainly shows the functional blocks of the features of the present embodiment, and it may be assumed that the user terminal 20 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. A part of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
  • the control unit 210 controls the user terminal 20 as a whole.
  • the control unit 210 can be configured from a controller, a control circuit, and the like, which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure.
  • the control unit 210 may control signal generation, mapping, and the like.
  • the control unit 210 may control transmission/reception, measurement, etc. using the transmission/reception unit 220 and the transmission/reception antenna 230 .
  • the control unit 210 may generate data, control information, sequences, etc. to be transmitted as signals and transfer them to the transmission/reception unit 220 .
  • the transmitting/receiving section 220 may include a baseband section 221 , an RF section 222 and a measurement section 223 .
  • the baseband section 221 may include a transmission processing section 2211 and a reception processing section 2212 .
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 220 can be configured from a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measuring circuit, a transmitting/receiving circuit, etc., which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure.
  • the transmission/reception unit 220 may be configured as an integrated transmission/reception unit, or may be configured from a transmission unit and a reception unit.
  • the transmission section may be composed of a transmission processing section 2211 and an RF section 222 .
  • the receiving section may include a reception processing section 2212 , an RF section 222 and a measurement section 223 .
  • the transmitting/receiving antenna 230 can be configured from an antenna described based on common recognition in the technical field related to the present disclosure, such as an array antenna.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 220 may receive the above-described downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, and the like.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 220 may transmit the above-described uplink channel, uplink reference signal, and the like.
  • the transmitter/receiver 220 may form at least one of the transmission beam and the reception beam using digital beamforming (eg, precoding), analog beamforming (eg, phase rotation), or the like.
  • digital beamforming eg, precoding
  • analog beamforming eg, phase rotation
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) performs PDCP layer processing, RLC layer processing (eg, RLC retransmission control), MAC layer processing (eg, , HARQ retransmission control) and the like may be performed to generate a bit string to be transmitted.
  • RLC layer processing eg, RLC retransmission control
  • MAC layer processing eg, HARQ retransmission control
  • the transmission/reception unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) performs channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, DFT processing (if necessary), and IFFT processing on a bit string to be transmitted. , precoding, digital-analog conversion, and other transmission processing may be performed, and the baseband signal may be output.
  • Whether or not to apply DFT processing may be based on transform precoding settings. Transmitting/receiving unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211), for a certain channel (for example, PUSCH), if transform precoding is enabled, the above to transmit the channel using the DFT-s-OFDM waveform
  • the DFT process may be performed as the transmission process, or otherwise the DFT process may not be performed as the transmission process.
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 220 may perform modulation to a radio frequency band, filter processing, amplification, and the like on the baseband signal, and may transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transmitting/receiving antenna 230. .
  • the transmitting/receiving section 220 may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transmitting/receiving antenna 230.
  • the transmission/reception unit 220 (reception processing unit 2212) performs analog-to-digital conversion, FFT processing, IDFT processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (error correction) on the acquired baseband signal. decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, PDCP layer processing, and other reception processing may be applied to acquire user data and the like.
  • the transmitting/receiving section 220 may measure the received signal.
  • the measurement unit 223 may perform RRM measurement, CSI measurement, etc. based on the received signal.
  • the measuring unit 223 may measure received power (eg, RSRP), received quality (eg, RSRQ, SINR, SNR), signal strength (eg, RSSI), channel information (eg, CSI), and the like.
  • the measurement result may be output to control section 210 .
  • the transmitter and receiver of the user terminal 20 in the present disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitter/receiver 220 and the transmitter/receiver antenna 230 .
  • control unit 210 includes two Power Headroom (PH) fields for one serving cell, P CMAX, f, c field for at least one of the two PH fields Medium Access Control (MAC) control element including may be generated.
  • PH Power Headroom
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 220 may transmit the MAC control element.
  • control unit 210 reports the Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) report for the two Power Headrooms (PH), may be triggered based on a trigger condition associated with at least one of
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 220 may transmit the triggered MPE P-MPR report.
  • each functional block may be implemented using one device physically or logically coupled, or directly or indirectly using two or more physically or logically separated devices (e.g. , wired, wireless, etc.) and may be implemented using these multiple devices.
  • a functional block may be implemented by combining software in the one device or the plurality of devices.
  • function includes judgment, decision, determination, calculation, calculation, processing, derivation, investigation, search, confirmation, reception, transmission, output, access, resolution, selection, selection, establishment, comparison, assumption, expectation, deem , broadcasting, notifying, communicating, forwarding, configuring, reconfiguring, allocating, mapping, assigning, etc.
  • a functional block (component) that performs transmission may be called a transmitting unit, a transmitter, or the like. In either case, as described above, the implementation method is not particularly limited.
  • a base station, a user terminal, etc. in an embodiment of the present disclosure may function as a computer that performs processing of the wireless communication method of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of hardware configurations of a base station and a user terminal according to one embodiment.
  • the base station 10 and user terminal 20 described above may be physically configured as a computer device including a processor 1001, a memory 1002, a storage 1003, a communication device 1004, an input device 1005, an output device 1006, a bus 1007, and the like. .
  • the hardware configuration of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 may be configured to include one or more of each device shown in the figure, or may be configured without some devices.
  • processor 1001 may be implemented by one or more chips.
  • predetermined software program
  • the processor 1001 performs calculations, communication via the communication device 1004 and at least one of reading and writing data in the memory 1002 and the storage 1003 .
  • the processor 1001 operates an operating system and controls the entire computer.
  • the processor 1001 may be configured by a central processing unit (CPU) including an interface with peripheral devices, a control device, an arithmetic device, registers, and the like.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • control unit 110 210
  • transmission/reception unit 120 220
  • FIG. 10 FIG. 10
  • the processor 1001 reads programs (program codes), software modules, data, etc. from at least one of the storage 1003 and the communication device 1004 to the memory 1002, and executes various processes according to them.
  • programs program codes
  • software modules software modules
  • data etc.
  • the control unit 110 (210) may be implemented by a control program stored in the memory 1002 and running on the processor 1001, and other functional blocks may be similarly implemented.
  • the memory 1002 is a computer-readable recording medium, such as Read Only Memory (ROM), Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Electrically EPROM (EEPROM), Random Access Memory (RAM), or at least any other suitable storage medium. may be configured by one.
  • the memory 1002 may also be called a register, cache, main memory (main storage device), or the like.
  • the memory 1002 can store executable programs (program code), software modules, etc. for implementing a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the storage 1003 is a computer-readable recording medium, for example, a flexible disk, a floppy (registered trademark) disk, a magneto-optical disk (for example, a compact disk (Compact Disc ROM (CD-ROM), etc.), a digital versatile disk, Blu-ray disc), removable disc, hard disk drive, smart card, flash memory device (e.g., card, stick, key drive), magnetic stripe, database, server, or other suitable storage medium may be configured by Storage 1003 may also be called an auxiliary storage device.
  • a computer-readable recording medium for example, a flexible disk, a floppy (registered trademark) disk, a magneto-optical disk (for example, a compact disk (Compact Disc ROM (CD-ROM), etc.), a digital versatile disk, Blu-ray disc), removable disc, hard disk drive, smart card, flash memory device (e.g., card, stick, key drive), magnetic stripe, database, server, or other suitable storage medium may be configured by Storage 1003 may also
  • the communication device 1004 is hardware (transmitting/receiving device) for communicating between computers via at least one of a wired network and a wireless network, and is also called a network device, a network controller, a network card, a communication module, or the like.
  • the communication device 1004 includes a high-frequency switch, duplexer, filter, frequency synthesizer, etc. in order to realize at least one of frequency division duplex (FDD) and time division duplex (TDD), for example. may be configured to include
  • the transmitting/receiving unit 120 (220), the transmitting/receiving antenna 130 (230), and the like described above may be realized by the communication device 1004.
  • the transmitter/receiver 120 (220) may be physically or logically separated into a transmitter 120a (220a) and a receiver 120b (220b).
  • the input device 1005 is an input device (for example, keyboard, mouse, microphone, switch, button, sensor, etc.) that receives input from the outside.
  • the output device 1006 is an output device (for example, a display, a speaker, a Light Emitting Diode (LED) lamp, etc.) that outputs to the outside. Note that the input device 1005 and the output device 1006 may be integrated (for example, a touch panel).
  • Each device such as the processor 1001 and the memory 1002 is connected by a bus 1007 for communicating information.
  • the bus 1007 may be configured using a single bus, or may be configured using different buses between devices.
  • the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 include a microprocessor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), etc. It may be configured including hardware, and a part or all of each functional block may be realized using the hardware. For example, processor 1001 may be implemented using at least one of these pieces of hardware.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a signal may also be a message.
  • a reference signal may be abbreviated as RS, and may also be called a pilot, a pilot signal, etc., depending on the applicable standard.
  • a component carrier may also be called a cell, a frequency carrier, a carrier frequency, or the like.
  • a radio frame may consist of one or more periods (frames) in the time domain.
  • Each of the one or more periods (frames) that make up a radio frame may be called a subframe.
  • a subframe may consist of one or more slots in the time domain.
  • a subframe may be a fixed time length (eg, 1 ms) independent of numerology.
  • a numerology may be a communication parameter applied to at least one of transmission and reception of a certain signal or channel.
  • Numerology for example, subcarrier spacing (SCS), bandwidth, symbol length, cyclic prefix length, transmission time interval (TTI), number of symbols per TTI, radio frame configuration , a particular filtering process performed by the transceiver in the frequency domain, a particular windowing process performed by the transceiver in the time domain, and/or the like.
  • a slot may consist of one or more symbols (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbol, etc.) in the time domain.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • SC-FDMA Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • a slot may also be a unit of time based on numerology.
  • a slot may contain multiple mini-slots. Each minislot may consist of one or more symbols in the time domain. A minislot may also be referred to as a subslot. A minislot may consist of fewer symbols than a slot.
  • a PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted in time units larger than a minislot may be referred to as PDSCH (PUSCH) Mapping Type A.
  • PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted using minislots may be referred to as PDSCH (PUSCH) mapping type B.
  • Radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots and symbols all represent time units when transmitting signals. Radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots and symbols may be referred to by other corresponding designations. Note that time units such as frames, subframes, slots, minislots, and symbols in the present disclosure may be read interchangeably.
  • one subframe may be called a TTI
  • a plurality of consecutive subframes may be called a TTI
  • one slot or one minislot may be called a TTI. That is, at least one of the subframe and TTI may be a subframe (1 ms) in existing LTE, a period shorter than 1 ms (eg, 1-13 symbols), or a period longer than 1 ms may be Note that the unit representing the TTI may be called a slot, mini-slot, or the like instead of a subframe.
  • TTI refers to, for example, the minimum scheduling time unit in wireless communication.
  • a base station performs scheduling to allocate radio resources (frequency bandwidth, transmission power, etc. that can be used by each user terminal) to each user terminal on a TTI basis.
  • radio resources frequency bandwidth, transmission power, etc. that can be used by each user terminal
  • a TTI may be a transmission time unit such as a channel-encoded data packet (transport block), code block, or codeword, or may be a processing unit such as scheduling and link adaptation. Note that when a TTI is given, the time interval (for example, the number of symbols) in which transport blocks, code blocks, codewords, etc. are actually mapped may be shorter than the TTI.
  • one or more TTIs may be the minimum scheduling time unit. Also, the number of slots (the number of mini-slots) constituting the minimum time unit of the scheduling may be controlled.
  • a TTI having a time length of 1 ms may be called a normal TTI (TTI in 3GPP Rel. 8-12), normal TTI, long TTI, normal subframe, normal subframe, long subframe, slot, or the like.
  • a TTI that is shorter than a normal TTI may be called a shortened TTI, a short TTI, a partial or fractional TTI, a shortened subframe, a short subframe, a minislot, a subslot, a slot, and the like.
  • the long TTI (e.g., normal TTI, subframe, etc.) may be replaced with a TTI having a time length exceeding 1 ms
  • the short TTI e.g., shortened TTI, etc.
  • a TTI having the above TTI length may be read instead.
  • a resource block is a resource allocation unit in the time domain and frequency domain, and may include one or more consecutive subcarriers (subcarriers) in the frequency domain.
  • the number of subcarriers included in the RB may be the same regardless of the neumerology, eg twelve.
  • the number of subcarriers included in an RB may be determined based on neumerology.
  • an RB may contain one or more symbols in the time domain and may be 1 slot, 1 minislot, 1 subframe or 1 TTI long.
  • One TTI, one subframe, etc. may each be configured with one or more resource blocks.
  • One or more RBs are Physical Resource Block (PRB), Sub-Carrier Group (SCG), Resource Element Group (REG), PRB pair, RB Also called a pair.
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • SCG Sub-Carrier Group
  • REG Resource Element Group
  • PRB pair RB Also called a pair.
  • a resource block may be composed of one or more resource elements (Resource Element (RE)).
  • RE resource elements
  • 1 RE may be a radio resource region of 1 subcarrier and 1 symbol.
  • a Bandwidth Part (which may also be called a bandwidth part) represents a subset of contiguous common resource blocks (RBs) for a numerology on a carrier.
  • the common RB may be identified by an RB index based on the common reference point of the carrier.
  • PRBs may be defined in a BWP and numbered within that BWP.
  • BWP may include UL BWP (BWP for UL) and DL BWP (BWP for DL).
  • BWP for UL
  • BWP for DL DL BWP
  • One or multiple BWPs may be configured for a UE within one carrier.
  • At least one of the configured BWPs may be active, and the UE may not expect to transmit or receive a given signal/channel outside the active BWP.
  • BWP bitmap
  • radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots, symbols, etc. described above are merely examples.
  • the number of subframes contained in a radio frame, the number of slots per subframe or radio frame, the number of minislots contained within a slot, the number of symbols and RBs contained in a slot or minislot, the number of Configurations such as the number of subcarriers and the number of symbols in a TTI, symbol length, cyclic prefix (CP) length, etc. can be varied.
  • the information, parameters, etc. described in the present disclosure may be expressed using absolute values, may be expressed using relative values from a predetermined value, or may be expressed using other corresponding information. may be represented. For example, radio resources may be indicated by a predetermined index.
  • data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, chips, etc. may refer to voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or magnetic particles, light fields or photons, or any of these. may be represented by a combination of
  • information, signals, etc. can be output from a higher layer to a lower layer and/or from a lower layer to a higher layer.
  • Information, signals, etc. may be input and output through multiple network nodes.
  • Input/output information, signals, etc. may be stored in a specific location (for example, memory), or may be managed using a management table. Input and output information, signals, etc. may be overwritten, updated or appended. Output information, signals, etc. may be deleted. Input information, signals, etc. may be transmitted to other devices.
  • Uplink Control Information (UCI) Uplink Control Information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • SIB System Information Block
  • SIB System Information Block
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • the physical layer signaling may also be called Layer 1/Layer 2 (L1/L2) control information (L1/L2 control signal), L1 control information (L1 control signal), and the like.
  • RRC signaling may also be called an RRC message, and may be, for example, an RRC connection setup message, an RRC connection reconfiguration message, or the like.
  • MAC signaling may be notified using, for example, a MAC Control Element (CE).
  • CE MAC Control Element
  • notification of predetermined information is not limited to explicit notification, but implicit notification (for example, by not notifying the predetermined information or by providing another information by notice of
  • the determination may be made by a value (0 or 1) represented by 1 bit, or by a boolean value represented by true or false. , may be performed by numerical comparison (eg, comparison with a predetermined value).
  • Software whether referred to as software, firmware, middleware, microcode, hardware description language or otherwise, includes instructions, instruction sets, code, code segments, program code, programs, subprograms, and software modules. , applications, software applications, software packages, routines, subroutines, objects, executables, threads of execution, procedures, functions, and the like.
  • software, instructions, information, etc. may be transmitted and received via a transmission medium.
  • the software uses wired technology (coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), etc.) and/or wireless technology (infrared, microwave, etc.) , a server, or other remote source, these wired and/or wireless technologies are included within the definition of transmission media.
  • a “network” may refer to devices (eg, base stations) included in a network.
  • precoding "precoding weight”
  • QCL Quality of Co-Location
  • TCI state Transmission Configuration Indication state
  • spatialal patial relation
  • spatialal domain filter "transmission power”
  • phase rotation "antenna port
  • antenna port group "layer”
  • number of layers Terms such as “rank”, “resource”, “resource set”, “resource group”, “beam”, “beam width”, “beam angle”, “antenna”, “antenna element”, “panel” are interchangeable. can be used as intended.
  • base station BS
  • radio base station fixed station
  • NodeB NodeB
  • eNB eNodeB
  • gNB gNodeB
  • Access point "Transmission Point (TP)”, “Reception Point (RP)”, “Transmission/Reception Point (TRP)”, “Panel”
  • a base station may also be referred to by terms such as macrocell, small cell, femtocell, picocell, and the like.
  • a base station can accommodate one or more (eg, three) cells.
  • the overall coverage area of the base station can be partitioned into multiple smaller areas, and each smaller area is assigned to a base station subsystem (e.g., a small indoor base station (Remote Radio)). Head (RRH))) may also provide communication services.
  • a base station subsystem e.g., a small indoor base station (Remote Radio)). Head (RRH)
  • RRH Head
  • the terms "cell” or “sector” refer to part or all of the coverage area of at least one of the base stations and base station subsystems that serve communication within such coverage.
  • MS Mobile Station
  • UE User Equipment
  • Mobile stations include subscriber stations, mobile units, subscriber units, wireless units, remote units, mobile devices, wireless devices, wireless communication devices, remote devices, mobile subscriber stations, access terminals, mobile terminals, wireless terminals, remote terminals. , a handset, a user agent, a mobile client, a client, or some other suitable term.
  • At least one of the base station and the mobile station may be called a transmitting device, a receiving device, a wireless communication device, or the like. At least one of the base station and the mobile station may be a device mounted on a moving object, the mobile itself, or the like.
  • the moving body refers to a movable object, the speed of movement is arbitrary, and it naturally includes cases where the moving body is stationary.
  • Examples of such moving bodies include vehicles, transportation vehicles, automobiles, motorcycles, bicycles, connected cars, excavators, bulldozers, wheel loaders, dump trucks, forklifts, trains, buses, carts, rickshaws, and ships (ships and other watercraft). , airplanes, rockets, satellites, drones, multi-copters, quad-copters, balloons and objects mounted on them.
  • the mobile body may be a mobile body that autonomously travels based on an operation command.
  • the mobile object may be a vehicle (e.g., car, airplane, etc.), an unmanned mobile object (e.g., drone, self-driving car, etc.), or a robot (manned or unmanned ).
  • a vehicle e.g., car, airplane, etc.
  • an unmanned mobile object e.g., drone, self-driving car, etc.
  • a robot manned or unmanned .
  • at least one of the base station and the mobile station includes devices that do not necessarily move during communication operations.
  • at least one of the base station and mobile station may be an Internet of Things (IoT) device such as a sensor.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a vehicle according to one embodiment.
  • the vehicle 40 includes a drive unit 41, a steering unit 42, an accelerator pedal 43, a brake pedal 44, a shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, an axle 48, an electronic control unit 49, various sensors (current sensor 50, revolution sensor 51, air pressure sensor 52, vehicle speed sensor 53, acceleration sensor 54, accelerator pedal sensor 55, brake pedal sensor 56, shift lever sensor 57, and object detection sensor 58), information service unit 59 and communication module 60.
  • various sensors current sensor 50, revolution sensor 51, air pressure sensor 52, vehicle speed sensor 53, acceleration sensor 54, accelerator pedal sensor 55, brake pedal sensor 56, shift lever sensor 57, and object detection sensor 58
  • information service unit 59 and communication module 60.
  • the driving unit 41 is composed of, for example, at least one of an engine, a motor, and a hybrid of an engine and a motor.
  • the steering unit 42 includes at least a steering wheel (also referred to as a steering wheel), and is configured to steer at least one of the front wheels 46 and the rear wheels 47 based on the operation of the steering wheel operated by the user.
  • the electronic control unit 49 is composed of a microprocessor 61 , a memory (ROM, RAM) 62 , and a communication port (eg, input/output (IO) port) 63 . Signals from various sensors 50 to 58 provided in the vehicle are input to the electronic control unit 49 .
  • the electronic control unit 49 may be called an Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
  • ECU Electronic Control Unit
  • the signals from the various sensors 50 to 58 include a current signal from the current sensor 50 that senses the current of the motor, a rotation speed signal of the front wheels 46/rear wheels 47 obtained by the rotation speed sensor 51, and an air pressure sensor 52.
  • air pressure signal of front wheels 46/rear wheels 47 vehicle speed signal obtained by vehicle speed sensor 53, acceleration signal obtained by acceleration sensor 54, depression amount signal of accelerator pedal 43 obtained by accelerator pedal sensor 55, brake pedal sensor
  • the information service unit 59 includes various devices such as car navigation systems, audio systems, speakers, displays, televisions, and radios for providing (outputting) various information such as driving information, traffic information, and entertainment information, and these devices. and one or more ECUs that control The information service unit 59 provides various information/services (for example, multimedia information/multimedia services) to the occupants of the vehicle 40 using information acquired from an external device via the communication module 60 or the like.
  • various information/services for example, multimedia information/multimedia services
  • the information service unit 59 may include an input device (e.g., keyboard, mouse, microphone, switch, button, sensor, touch panel, etc.) that receives input from the outside, and an output device that outputs to the outside (e.g., display, speaker, LED lamp, touch panel, etc.).
  • an input device e.g., keyboard, mouse, microphone, switch, button, sensor, touch panel, etc.
  • an output device e.g., display, speaker, LED lamp, touch panel, etc.
  • the driving support system unit 64 includes a millimeter wave radar, Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR), a camera, a positioning locator (e.g., Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), etc.), map information (e.g., High Definition (HD)) maps, autonomous vehicle (AV) maps, etc.), gyro systems (e.g., inertial measurement units (IMU), inertial navigation systems (INS), etc.), artificial intelligence ( Artificial intelligence (AI) chips, AI processors, and other devices that provide functions to prevent accidents and reduce the driver's driving load, and one or more devices that control these devices ECU.
  • the driving support system unit 64 transmits and receives various information via the communication module 60, and realizes a driving support function or an automatic driving function.
  • the communication module 60 can communicate with the microprocessor 61 and components of the vehicle 40 via the communication port 63 .
  • the communication module 60 communicates with the vehicle 40 through a communication port 63 such as a driving unit 41, a steering unit 42, an accelerator pedal 43, a brake pedal 44, a shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, Data (information) is transmitted and received between the axle 48, the microprocessor 61 and memory (ROM, RAM) 62 in the electronic control unit 49, and various sensors 50-58.
  • the communication module 60 is a communication device that can be controlled by the microprocessor 61 of the electronic control unit 49 and can communicate with an external device. For example, it transmits and receives various information to and from an external device via wireless communication.
  • Communication module 60 may be internal or external to electronic control 49 .
  • the external device may be, for example, the above-described base station 10, user terminal 20, or the like.
  • the communication module 60 may be, for example, at least one of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 described above (and may function as at least one of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20).
  • the communication module 60 receives signals from the various sensors 50 to 58 described above input to the electronic control unit 49, information obtained based on the signals, and input from the outside (user) obtained via the information service unit 59. may be transmitted to the external device via wireless communication.
  • the electronic control unit 49, the various sensors 50-58, the information service unit 59, etc. may be called an input unit that receives input.
  • the PUSCH transmitted by communication module 60 may include information based on the above inputs.
  • the communication module 60 receives various information (traffic information, signal information, inter-vehicle information, etc.) transmitted from an external device and displays it on the information service unit 59 provided in the vehicle.
  • the information service unit 59 is an output unit that outputs information (for example, outputs information to devices such as displays and speakers based on the PDSCH received by the communication module 60 (or data/information decoded from the PDSCH)). may be called
  • the communication module 60 stores various information received from an external device in a memory 62 that can be used by the microprocessor 61 . Based on the information stored in the memory 62, the microprocessor 61 controls the drive unit 41, the steering unit 42, the accelerator pedal 43, the brake pedal 44, the shift lever 45, the left and right front wheels 46, and the left and right rear wheels provided in the vehicle 40. 47, axle 48, and various sensors 50-58 may be controlled.
  • the base station in the present disclosure may be read as a user terminal.
  • communication between a base station and a user terminal is replaced with communication between multiple user terminals (for example, Device-to-Device (D2D), Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X), etc.)
  • the user terminal 20 may have the functions of the base station 10 described above.
  • words such as "uplink” and “downlink” may be replaced with words corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "sidelink”).
  • uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. may be read as sidelink channels.
  • user terminals in the present disclosure may be read as base stations.
  • the base station 10 may have the functions of the user terminal 20 described above.
  • operations that are assumed to be performed by the base station may be performed by its upper node in some cases.
  • various operations performed for communication with a terminal may involve the base station, one or more network nodes other than the base station (e.g., Clearly, this can be done by a Mobility Management Entity (MME), Serving-Gateway (S-GW), etc. (but not limited to these) or a combination thereof.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • S-GW Serving-Gateway
  • each aspect/embodiment described in the present disclosure may be used alone, may be used in combination, or may be used by switching along with execution. Also, the processing procedures, sequences, flowcharts, etc. of each aspect/embodiment described in the present disclosure may be rearranged as long as there is no contradiction. For example, the methods described in this disclosure present elements of the various steps using a sample order, and are not limited to the specific order presented.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-B LTE-Beyond
  • SUPER 3G IMT-Advanced
  • 4G 4th generation mobile communication system
  • 5G 5th generation mobile communication system
  • 6G 6th generation mobile communication system
  • xG x is, for example, an integer or a decimal number
  • Future Radio Access FAA
  • RAT New-Radio Access Technology
  • NR New Radio
  • NX New radio access
  • FX Future generation radio access
  • GSM registered trademark
  • CDMA2000 Code Division Multiple Access
  • UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
  • IEEE 802 .11 Wi-Fi®
  • IEEE 802.16 WiMAX®
  • IEEE 802.20 Ultra-WideBand (UWB), Bluetooth®, or any other suitable wireless communication method. It may be applied to a system to be used, a next-generation system extended, modified, created or defined based on these.
  • any reference to elements using the "first,” “second,” etc. designations used in this disclosure does not generally limit the quantity or order of those elements. These designations may be used in this disclosure as a convenient method of distinguishing between two or more elements. Thus, references to first and second elements do not imply that only two elements may be employed or that the first element must precede the second element in any way.
  • determining includes judging, calculating, computing, processing, deriving, investigating, looking up, searching, inquiry ( For example, looking up in a table, database, or another data structure), ascertaining, etc. may be considered to be “determining.”
  • determining (deciding) includes receiving (e.g., receiving information), transmitting (e.g., transmitting information), input, output, access ( accessing (e.g., accessing data in memory), etc.
  • determining is considered to be “determining” resolving, selecting, choosing, establishing, comparing, etc. good too. That is, “determining (determining)” may be regarded as “determining (determining)” some action.
  • Maximum transmit power described in this disclosure may mean the maximum value of transmit power, may mean the nominal maximum transmit power (the nominal UE maximum transmit power), or may mean the rated maximum transmit power (the rated UE maximum transmit power).
  • connection refers to any connection or coupling, direct or indirect, between two or more elements. and can include the presence of one or more intermediate elements between two elements that are “connected” or “coupled” to each other. Couplings or connections between elements may be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. For example, "connection” may be read as "access”.
  • radio frequency domain when two elements are connected, using one or more wires, cables, printed electrical connections, etc., and as some non-limiting and non-exhaustive examples, radio frequency domain, microwave They can be considered to be “connected” or “coupled” together using the domain, electromagnetic energy having wavelengths in the optical (both visible and invisible) domain, and the like.
  • a and B are different may mean “A and B are different from each other.”
  • the term may also mean that "A and B are different from C”.
  • Terms such as “separate,” “coupled,” etc. may also be interpreted in the same manner as “different.”

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention suitably reports a PHR including a plurality of pieces of PH. A terminal according to one aspect of the present disclosure comprises: a control unit which triggers a maximum permitted exposure (MPE) power management maximum power reduction (P-MPR) report pertaining to two pieces of power headroom (PH) on the basis of a trigger condition related to at least one of the two pieces of PH; and a transmission unit which transmits the triggered PME P-MPR report.

Description

端末、無線通信方法及び基地局Terminal, wireless communication method and base station
　本開示は、次世代移動通信システムにおける端末、無線通信方法及び基地局に関する。 The present disclosure relates to terminals, wireless communication methods, and base stations in next-generation mobile communication systems.
　Universal　Mobile　Telecommunications　System（ＵＭＴＳ）ネットワークにおいて、更なる高速データレート、低遅延などを目的としてLong　Term　Evolution（ＬＴＥ）が仕様化された（非特許文献１）。また、ＬＴＥ（Third　Generation　Partnership　Project（３ＧＰＰ）　Release（Ｒｅｌ．）８、９）の更なる大容量、高度化などを目的として、ＬＴＥ－Ａｄｖａｎｃｅｄ（３ＧＰＰ　Ｒｅｌ．１０－１４）が仕様化された。 In the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) network, Long Term Evolution (LTE) has been specified for the purpose of further high data rate, low delay, etc. (Non-Patent Document 1). In addition, LTE-Advanced (3GPP Rel. 10-14) has been specified for the purpose of further increasing the capacity and sophistication of LTE (Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Release (Rel.) 8, 9).
　ＬＴＥの後継システム（例えば、5th　generation　mobile　communication　system（５Ｇ）、５Ｇ＋（plus）、6th　generation　mobile　communication　system（６Ｇ）、New　Radio（ＮＲ）、３ＧＰＰ　Ｒｅｌ．１５以降などともいう）も検討されている。 LTE successor systems (for example, 5th generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G+ (plus), 6th generation mobile communication system (6G), New Radio (NR), 3GPP Rel. 15 and later) are also being considered. .
　将来の無線通信システム（例えば、ＮＲ）では、端末（ユーザ端末（user　terminal）、User　Equipment（ＵＥ））がネットワークに対して、サービングセル毎の電力余裕（パワーヘッドルーム（Power　Headroom（ＰＨ）））の情報を含むＰＨレポート（Power　Headroom　Report（ＰＨＲ））を送信する。ネットワークは、ＵＥの上り送信電力の制御のために、ＰＨＲを利用できる。 In a future wireless communication system (for example, NR), a terminal (user terminal, User Equipment (UE)) provides the network with a power margin for each serving cell (Power Headroom (PH)) Send a PH report (Power Headroom Report (PHR)) containing information on The network can use PHR for control of UE uplink transmission power.
　ＮＲでは、１つ又は複数の送受信ポイント（Transmission/Reception　Point（ＴＲＰ））（マルチＴＲＰ（Multi　TRP（ＭＴＲＰ）））が、ＵＥに対してＤＬ送信を行うことが検討されている。また、ＵＥが、１つ又は複数のＴＲＰに対してＵＬ送信を行うことが検討されている。 In NR, it is being considered that one or more transmission/reception points (Transmission/Reception Points (TRP)) (Multi TRP (MTRP)) perform DL transmission to the UE. It is also being considered for UEs to perform UL transmissions on one or more TRPs.
　将来の無線システム（例えば、Ｒｅｌ．１７以降のＮＲ）において、ＭＴＲＰのPhysical　Uplink　Shared　Channel（ＰＵＳＣＨ）繰り返し送信が検討されている。また、ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨがサポート／設定／有効化され、かつ、２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨを報告することが設定／有効化される場合に、ＰＨＲ　Medium　Access　Control　Control　Element（ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ）に２つのＰＨＲを含めることが検討されている。 In future radio systems (for example, NR after Rel. 17), repeated transmission of MTRP's Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) is under consideration. Also, when MTRP PUSCH is supported/configured/enabled and reporting two PHs for two TRPs is configured/enabled, the PHR Medium Access Control Control Element (PHR MAC CE) The inclusion of two PHRs is being considered.
　しかしながら、現状の規格では、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに２つのＰＨを含める場合に、いくつかのフィールドをどのように構成するかを規定していない。また、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥのトリガ条件について十分に検討されていない。適切なＰＨＲの報告が行われなければ、通信スループット、通信品質などが劣化するおそれがある。 However, the current standard does not specify how to configure some fields when two PHs are included in the PHR MAC CE. Also, the trigger conditions for PHR MAC CE have not been sufficiently studied. If an appropriate PHR is not reported, communication throughput, communication quality, etc. may deteriorate.
　そこで、本開示は、複数のＰＨを含むＰＨＲを適切に報告できる端末、無線通信方法及び基地局を提供することを目的の１つとする。 Therefore, one object of the present disclosure is to provide a terminal, a wireless communication method, and a base station that can appropriately report PHRs including multiple PHs.
　本開示の一態様に係る端末は、２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）に関する最大許容曝露（Maximum　Permitted　Exposure（ＭＰＥ））　電力管理最大電力低減（Power　Management　Maximum　Power　Reduction（Ｐ－ＭＰＲ））報告を、前記２つのＰＨの少なくとも一方に関連するトリガ条件に基づいてトリガする制御部と、トリガされた前記ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告を送信する送信部と、を有する。 A terminal according to an aspect of the present disclosure reports Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) for two Power Headrooms (PH), A controller that triggers based on a trigger condition associated with at least one of two PHs, and a transmitter that transmits the triggered MPE P-MPR report.
　本開示の一態様によれば、複数のＰＨを含むＰＨＲを適切に報告できる。 According to one aspect of the present disclosure, PHR including multiple PHs can be reported appropriately.
図１は、Ｒｅｌ．１６　ＮＲにおけるシングルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。FIG. 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE. 図２は、Ｒｅｌ．１６　ＮＲにおけるマルチプルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram of Rel. 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE. 図３Ａは、実施形態２．１．４において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。図３Ｂは、実施形態２．１．５及び２．１．６において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。FIG. 3A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.1.4. FIG. 3B is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiments 2.1.5 and 2.1.6. 図４Ａは、実施形態２．２．４において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。図４Ｂは、実施形態２．２．５及び２．２．６において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。FIG. 4A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.2.4. FIG. 4B is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiments 2.2.5 and 2.2.6. 図５は、第１－第３の実施形態におけるシングルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments. 図６は、第１－第３の実施形態におけるマルチプルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments. 図７は、一実施形態に係る無線通信システムの概略構成の一例を示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a radio communication system according to an embodiment. 図８は、一実施形態に係る基地局の構成の一例を示す図である。FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a base station according to one embodiment. 図９は、一実施形態に係るユーザ端末の構成の一例を示す図である。FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a user terminal according to one embodiment. 図１０は、一実施形態に係る基地局及びユーザ端末のハードウェア構成の一例を示す図である。FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of hardware configurations of a base station and a user terminal according to one embodiment. 図１１は、一実施形態に係る車両の一例を示す図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example of a vehicle according to one embodiment;
（ＰＨＲ）
　将来の無線通信システム（例えば、ＮＲ）では、ＵＥがネットワークに対して、サービングセル毎の電力余裕（パワーヘッドルーム（Power　Headroom（ＰＨ）））の情報を含むＰＨレポート（Power　Headroom　Report（ＰＨＲ））を送信する。ネットワークは、ＵＥの上り送信電力の制御のために、ＰＨＲを利用できる。 (PHR)
In a future wireless communication system (for example, NR), the UE sends a PH report (Power Headroom Report (PHR)) containing information on the power margin (Power Headroom (PH)) for each serving cell to the network. to send. The network can use PHR for control of UE uplink transmission power.
　ＰＨＲは、ＰＵＳＣＨ（Physical　Uplink　Shared　Channel）を用いてＭＡＣ（Medium　Access　Control）シグナリングにより送信されてもよい。例えば、ＰＨＲは、ＭＡＣ　ＰＤＵ（Protocol　Data　Unit）に含まれるＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ（Control　Element）を用いて通知される。 The PHR may be transmitted by MAC (Medium Access Control) signaling using PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel). For example, PHR is notified using PHR MAC CE (Control Element) included in MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit).
　ＮＲでは、プライマリセル（Primary　Cell（ＰＣｅｌｌ））に関するシングルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ（single　entry　PHR　MAC　CE）がサポートされる。 In NR, a single entry PHR MAC CE (PHR MAC CE) for a primary cell (PCell) is supported.
　図１は、Ｒｅｌ．１６　ＮＲにおけるシングルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。当該ＭＡＣ　ＣＥは、２オクテット（＝１６ビット）によって構成される。図１の‘Ｒ’はそれぞれ１ビットの予約フィールドを示し、例えば‘０’の値にセットされる。 Fig. 1 shows Rel. 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE. The MAC CE is composed of 2 octets (=16 bits). Each 'R' in FIG. 1 indicates a 1-bit reserved field, which is set to a value of '0', for example.
　図１の‘ＰＨ（Ｔｙｐｅ　１，ＰＣｅｌｌ）’は６ビットのフィールドを示し、プライマリセル（Primary　Cell（ＰＣｅｌｌ））のタイプ１　ＰＨに関するインデックスを示す。当該ＰＨに関するインデックスは、具体的なＰＨの値（デシベル（ｄＢ）単位）（又はレベル）と関連付けられている。 ``PH (Type 1, PCell)'' in FIG. 1 indicates a 6-bit field and indicates an index related to the type 1 PH of the primary cell (PCell). The PH index is associated with a specific PH value (in units of decibels (dB)) (or level).
　なお、例えば、タイプ１　ＰＨは、ＰＵＳＣＨを考慮した（例えば、ＰＵＳＣＨの電力のみを考慮した）場合のＰＨ、タイプ２　ＰＨは、ＰＵＣＣＨを考慮した（例えば、ＰＵＳＣＨ及びＰＵＣＣＨ両方の電力を考慮した）場合のＰＨ、タイプ３　ＰＨは、測定用参照信号（Sounding　Reference　Signal（ＳＲＳ））を考慮した（例えばＰＵＳＣＨ及びＳＲＳの電力を考慮した）場合のＰＨであってもよい。 Note that, for example, type 1 PH is the PH when PUSCH is considered (for example, only PUSCH power is considered), and type 2 PH considers PUCCH (for example, both PUSCH and PUCCH power is considered). The PH in the case, type 3 PH may be the PH when considering the measurement reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal (SRS)) (for example, considering the power of PUSCH and SRS).
　図１の‘ＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃ’は６ビットのフィールドを示し、上記ＰＨフィールドの計算に用いられたＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃに関するインデックスを示す。当該ＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃに関するインデックスは、具体的なＵＥ送信電力レベル（ｄＢ）と関連付けられている。なお、ＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃは、キャリアｆのサービングセルｃのためのＵＥの設定される最大送信電力（最大許容送信電力）と呼ばれてもよい。以下、ＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃは単にＰＣＭＡＸ、ＰＣＭＡＸなどとも表記する。 'P CMAX,f,c ' in FIG. 1 indicates a 6-bit field and indicates an index for P CMAX,f,c used in the above calculation of the PH field. The index for that P CMAX,f,c is associated with a specific UE transmit power level (dB). Note that P CMAX,f,c may be referred to as the configured maximum transmit power (maximum allowed transmit power) of the UE for serving cell c of carrier f. Hereinafter, P CMAX, f, and c are also simply written as P CMAX , PCMAX, and the like.
　図１の‘Ｐ’は、サービングセルｃについての電力管理最大電力低減（Power　Management　Maximum　Power　Reduction（Ｐ－ＭＰＲ）又は最大許容ＵＥ出力電力低減）に関するフィールドであってもよいし、最大許容曝露（Maximum　Permitted　Exposure（ＭＰＥ））に関連するフィールドであってもよい。図１の‘ＭＰＥ’は、ＭＰＥに関連するフィールドであってもよい。‘Ｐ’、‘ＭＰＥ’などのフィールドは、ＵＥへの上位レイヤシグナリングを用いた設定によっては、‘Ｒ’フィールドで読み替えられてもよい。 'P' in FIG. 1 may be a field related to power management maximum power reduction (Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) or maximum allowable UE output power reduction) for serving cell c, or maximum allowable exposure (Maximum It may be a field related to Permitted Exposure (MPE). 'MPE' in FIG. 1 may be a field related to MPE. Fields such as 'P' and 'MPE' may be replaced with 'R' fields depending on the configuration using higher layer signaling to the UE.
　‘Ｐ’フィールドは、周波数レンジ２（Frequency　Range　2（ＦＲ２））のＭＰＥ報告（上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、サービングセルがＦＲ２で動作する場合には、ＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用されるＰ－ＭＰＲ値が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値（例えば、P-MPR_00）より小さければ０が設定され、それ以外では１が設定される。 The 'P' field is set to MPE reporting (higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) for frequency range 2 (FR2), and if the serving cell operates in FR2, to meet the MPE requirements Set to 0 if the applied P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR — 00), and set to 1 otherwise.
　また、‘Ｐ’フィールドは、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告が設定されていないか、又はサービングセルがＦＲ１で動作する場合には、電力管理のためにパワーバックオフが適用されるか否かを示してもよい。なお、電力管理のためにパワーバックオフが適用されていなければ対応するＰＣＭＡＸフィールドが異なる値を有することになっていた場合、‘Ｐ’フィールドは１に設定される。 The 'P' field may also indicate whether FR2 MPE reporting is not configured or if power backoff is applied for power management if the serving cell operates in FR1. . Note that the 'P' field is set to 1 if the corresponding P CMAX field would have had a different value if no power backoff had been applied for power management.
　‘ＭＰＥ’フィールドは、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告（上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、サービングセルがＦＲ２で動作し、かつ‘Ｐ’フィールドが１に設定される場合には、ＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用されるパワーバックオフを示してもよい。このフィールドは、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ値（例えばｄＢ単位）に対応するインデックスを示してもよい。 The 'MPE' field satisfies the MPE requirement if FR2 MPE reporting (higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is set and the serving cell operates in FR2 and the 'P' field is set to 1 may indicate the power backoff applied for This field may indicate an index corresponding to the measured P-MPR value (eg, in dB).
　ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告が設定されていないか、又はサービングセルがＦＲ１で動作しているか、又は‘Ｐ’フィールドが０に設定される場合には、‘ＭＰＥ’フィールドの代わりにＲフィールド（Ｒのビット）が存在してもよい。 If FR2 MPE reporting is not configured or the serving cell is operating in FR1 or the 'P' field is set to 0, the R field (bits of R) instead of the 'MPE' field may exist.
　ＮＲでは、上述のシングルエントリ（２オクテット）に類似するデータを複数含むマルチプルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ（multiple　entry　PHR　MAC　CE）もサポートされる。マルチプルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥは、プライマリセカンダリセル（Primary　Secondary　Cell（ＰＳＣｅｌｌ））、セカンダリセル（Secondary　Cell（ＳＣｅｌｌ））のためのＰＨフィールドなどを含んでもよい。なお、ＰＣｅｌｌ及びＰＳＣｅｌｌは、スペシャルセル（Special　Cell（ＳｐＣｅｌｌ））と呼ばれてもよい。 NR also supports multiple entry PHR MAC CE (multiple entry PHR MAC CE) containing multiple data similar to the single entry (2 octets) described above. A multiple entry PHR MAC CE may include a PH field for a Primary Secondary Cell (PSCell), a Secondary Cell (SCell), and the like. PCell and PSCell may also be called special cells (SpCell).
　図２は、Ｒｅｌ．１６　ＮＲにおけるマルチプルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。図１と同様のフィールドについては、説明を繰り返さない。図２の‘ＰＨ’の文言を含む６ビットのフィールドは、それぞれ対応するタイプ（例えば、上述のタイプ１－３）及びセルのためのＰＨフィールドを示す。 Fig. 2 shows Rel. 16 NR is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE. Fields similar to those in FIG. 1 will not be repeated. The 6-bit fields containing the word 'PH' in FIG. 2 respectively indicate the corresponding type (eg, types 1-3 above) and PH field for the cell.
　なお、他のＭＡＣエンティティのＳｐＣｅｌｌのためのタイプ２ＰＨフィールドの存在は、上位レイヤパラメータphr-Type2OtherCellがtrueであることによって設定されてもよい。 Note that the presence of the Type 2 PH field for SpCells of other MAC entities may be set by the higher layer parameter phr-Type2OtherCell being true.
　図２の‘ＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃ’の文言を含む６ビットのフィールドは、直前のＰＨフィールドの計算に用いられたＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃを示すＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃフィールドである。図２の‘Ｃｉ’はサービングセルインデックスｉに対応するサービングセルのＰＨフィールドが当該ＰＨＲに含まれるか否かを示すフィールドである。なお、図２は最大のサービングセルインデックスが８より小さい場合であって、８以上の場合は、当該ＭＡＣ　ＣＥには例えばｉ＝３１までのサービングセルを示すことができる‘Ｃｉ’のフィールドが含まれてもよい。 The 6-bit field containing the term 'P CMAX,f,c ' in FIG. 2 is the P CMAX,f,c field that indicates the P CMAX,f, c used in the calculation of the previous PH field. 'C i ' in FIG. 2 is a field indicating whether the PH field of the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell index i is included in the PHR. In addition, FIG. 2 shows a case where the maximum serving cell index is less than 8, and if it is 8 or more, the MAC CE includes a 'C i ' field that can indicate serving cells up to i=31, for example. may
　なお、ＰＨフィールドの「サービングセル」に付される数字及びＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃフィールドに付される数字は、サービングセルインデックスを意味しなくてもよく、単にＭＡＣ　ＣＥに含まれる何番目の値であるかを意味してもよい。 In addition, the number attached to the "serving cell" of the PH field and the number attached to the P CMAX, f, and c fields may not mean the serving cell index, and is simply the value included in MAC CE. or
　図２の‘Ｖ’は直後のＰＨフィールドに対応するＰＨの値が実際の送信（real　transmission）に基づくか（Ｖ＝０）、参照フォーマット（reference　format）に基づくか（Ｖ＝１）を示すフィールドである。参照フォーマットに基づくＰＨは、仮想ＰＨ（virtual　PH）と呼ばれてもよい。なお、Ｖ＝１の場合、対応する‘ＰＣＭＡＸ，ｃ’フィールド、‘ＭＰＥ’フィールドなどは省略（omit）されてもよい。 'V' in FIG. 2 indicates whether the PH value corresponding to the immediately following PH field is based on the real transmission (V=0) or the reference format (V=1). is a field. A PH based on a reference format may be called a virtual PH. Note that when V=1, the corresponding 'P CMAX,c ' field, 'MPE' field, etc. may be omitted.
　ネットワークは、ＵＥに対して、ＰＨＲをトリガする条件に関するＰＨＲ設定情報を送信してもよい。ここで、ＰＨＲ設定情報としては、例えば、禁止タイマ（prohibit　timer）、周期的タイマ（periodic　timer）、パスロス変化の閾値などがある。当該通知には、上位レイヤシグナリングが用いられてもよい。ＵＥは、ＰＨＲトリガ条件を満たす場合、ＰＨＲをトリガする。 The network may transmit to the UE PHR setting information regarding conditions that trigger PHR. Here, the PHR setting information includes, for example, a prohibit timer, a periodic timer, a path loss change threshold, and the like. Higher layer signaling may be used for the notification. The UE triggers PHR if the PHR trigger conditions are met.
　なお、本開示において、上位レイヤシグナリングは、例えば、Radio　Resource　Control（ＲＲＣ）シグナリング、Medium　Access　Control（ＭＡＣ）シグナリング、ブロードキャスト情報などのいずれか、又はこれらの組み合わせであってもよい。 In addition, in the present disclosure, higher layer signaling may be, for example, Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling, broadcast information, or a combination thereof.
　ＭＡＣシグナリングは、例えば、ＭＡＣ制御要素（MAC　Control　Element（ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ））、ＭＡＣ　Protocol　Data　Unit（ＰＤＵ）などを用いてもよい。ブロードキャスト情報は、例えば、マスタ情報ブロック（Master　Information　Block（ＭＩＢ））、システム情報ブロック（System　Information　Block（ＳＩＢ））、最低限のシステム情報（Remaining　Minimum　System　Information（ＲＭＳＩ））、その他のシステム情報（Other　System　Information（ＯＳＩ））などであってもよい。 For MAC signaling, for example, MAC Control Element (MAC CE), MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU), etc. may be used. Broadcast information includes, for example, Master Information Block (MIB), System Information Block (SIB), Remaining Minimum System Information (RMSI), and other system information ( It may be Other System Information (OSI).
　３ＧＰＰ　Ｒｅｌ．１６　ＮＲでは、ＰＨＲを制御するためのＲＲＣパラメータとして、上述のmpe-Reporting-FR2に加えて、mpe-ProhibitTimer及びmpe-Thresholdが定義されている。mpe-Reporting-FR2は、ＵＥがＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥにおいてＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲを報告するか否かを示すパラメータである。mpe-ProhibitTimerは、ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告が報告される際に開始されるタイマの継続時間（例えば、サブフレーム数）を示すパラメータである。mpe-Thresholdは、ＦＲ２が設定される場合の、ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告のためのＰ－ＭＰＲ閾値［ｄＢ］を示すパラメータである。 　3GPP Rel. 16 NR defines mpe-ProhibitTimer and mpe-Threshold in addition to the above mpe-Reporting-FR2 as RRC parameters for controlling PHR. mpe-Reporting-FR2 is a parameter indicating whether the UE reports MPE P-MPR in PHR MAC CE. mpe-ProhibitTimer is a parameter that indicates the duration of a timer (for example, the number of subframes) that is started when an MPE P-MPR report is reported. mpe-Threshold is a parameter that indicates the P-MPR threshold [dB] for MPE P-MPR reporting when FR2 is set.
　mpe-ProhibitTimerに基づくタイマは、mpe-ProhibitTimerと表現されることもあるし、禁止タイマとも呼ばれることもある。 A timer based on mpe-ProhibitTimer is sometimes expressed as mpe-ProhibitTimer, and is also called a prohibition timer.
　mpe-Reporting-FR2が設定され、かつmpe-ProhibitTimerが起動していない場合には、以下の少なくとも１つのイベントが生じる場合にＰＨＲ（このＰＨＲは、ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告とも呼ばれる）がトリガされてもよい：
　・ＭＡＣエンティティにおけるＰＨＲの最後の送信以降に、少なくとも１つのアクティベートされたＦＲ２サービングセルについて、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ要件（FR2　MPE　requirements）を満たすために適用される、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲがmpe-Threshold以上である、
　・ＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用される、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲがmpe-Threshold以上であることに起因するＭＡＣエンティティにおけるＰＨＲの最後の送信以降に、少なくとも１つのアクティベートされたＦＲ２サービングセルについて、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用される、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲがphr-Tx-PowerFactorChangeより大きく変動する。 If mpe-Reporting-FR2 is set and mpe-ProhibitTimer is not running, a PHR (this PHR is also called MPE P-MPR reporting) is triggered when at least one of the following events occurs: may also be:
A measured P-MPR that applies to meet FR2 MPE requirements for at least one activated FR2 serving cell since the last transmission of PHR in the MAC entity is greater than or equal to mpe-Threshold is
FR2 for at least one activated FR2 serving cell since the last transmission of PHR in the MAC entity due to the measured P-MPR being equal to or greater than the mpe-Threshold, which applies to meet MPE requirements Measured P-MPR varies more than phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange applied to meet the MPE requirements of
　なお、phr-Tx-PowerFactorChangeは、ＰＨＲ報告のための閾値［ｄＢ］を示すパラメータである。また、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ要件は、例えば、３ＧＰＰ　ＴＳ　３８．１０１－２において定義されてもよい。 　The phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange is a parameter that indicates the threshold [dB] for PHR reporting. FR2 MPE requirements may also be defined, for example, in 3GPP TS 38.101-2.
　つまり、ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告は、Ｐ－ＭＰＲが閾値（mpe-Threshold）以上となる場合か、最後の報告からのＰ－ＭＰＲの変動が閾値（phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange）より大きい場合にトリガされる。 That is, the MPE P-MPR report is triggered when the P-MPR is greater than or equal to the threshold (mpe-Threshold) or when the change in P-MPR since the last report is greater than the threshold (phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange). be.
　ＵＥは、トリガされたＰＨＲのためのＭＡＣ　ＣＥ（ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ）を収容できる利用可能なＵＬリソースがある場合、当該ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥを生成して送信する。 If the UE has available UL resources that can accommodate a MAC CE for the triggered PHR (PHR MAC CE), it generates and transmits the PHR MAC CE.
　ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告（のＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ）が送信される場合、ＵＥは、mpe-ProhibitTimerを開始又は再開し、当該ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ内に含まれるサービングセルのためのトリガされたＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告をキャンセルする。 When an MPE P-MPR report (of a PHR MAC CE) is sent, the UE starts or restarts the mpe-ProhibitTimer and sends a triggered MPE P-MPR report for the serving cell contained within that PHR MAC CE. Cancel.
（マルチＴＲＰ）
　ＮＲでは、１つ又は複数の送受信ポイント（Transmission/Reception　Point（ＴＲＰ））（マルチＴＲＰ（Multi-TRP（Ｍ－ＴＲＰ）））が、１つ又は複数のパネル（マルチパネル）を用いて、ＵＥに対してＤＬ送信を行うことが検討されている。また、ＵＥが、１つ又は複数のＴＲＰに対してＵＬ送信を行うことが検討されている。 (Multi-TRP)
In NR, one or more transmission/reception points (Transmission/Reception Points (TRP)) (multi-TRP (Multi-TRP (M-TRP))) uses one or more panels (multi-panels) to It is considered to perform DL transmission to. It is also being considered for UEs to perform UL transmissions on one or more TRPs.
　ところで、将来の無線システム（例えば、Ｒｅｌ．１７以降のＮＲ）において、複数ＴＲＰのＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し送信（ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し）を行うための単一の下りリンク制御情報（Downlink　Control　Information（ＤＣＩ））を用いて、複数の（例えば、２つの）ＳＲＳリソース識別子（SRS　Resource　Indicator（ＳＲＩ））／送信プリコーディング行列インジケータ（Transmitted　Precoding　Matrix　Indicator（ＴＰＭＩ））を指示することが検討されている。 By the way, in future wireless systems (for example, NR after Rel. 17), a single downlink control information (Downlink Control Information (DCI)) for performing repeated PUSCH transmission of multiple TRPs (MTRP PUSCH repetition) will be used. It is being considered to indicate multiple (for example, two) SRS resource identifiers (SRS resource indicators (SRIs))/transmitted precoding matrix indicators (TPMIs).
　例えば、ＵＥは、コードブックベース送信の場合、ＳＲＩ、送信ランクインジケータ（Transmitted　Rank　Indicator（ＴＲＩ））及びＴＰＭＩに基づいて、ＰＵＳＣＨ送信のためのプリコーダを決定してもよい。ＵＥは、ノンコードブックベース送信の場合、ＳＲＩに基づいてＰＵＳＣＨ送信のためのプリコーダを決定してもよい。なお、ＳＲＩは、ＤＣＩによってＵＥに対して指定されてもよいし、上位レイヤパラメータによって与えられてもよい。 For example, the UE may determine the precoder for PUSCH transmission based on SRI, Transmitted Rank Indicator (TRI) and TPMI for codebook-based transmission. The UE may determine the precoder for PUSCH transmission based on the SRI for non-codebook-based transmission. Note that the SRI may be specified for the UE by the DCI or given by higher layer parameters.
　単一のＤＣＩが複数のＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩを指示する場合、以下のオプション１又はオプション２が考えられる；
　・オプション１：複数の（例えば、２つの）ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩを指示するフィールドを用いて、複数の（例えば、２つの）ＴＲＰに対するＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩ（値）が指示される、
　・オプション２：１つのＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩを指示するフィールドが指示され、当該ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩを指示するフィールドに、複数の（例えば、２つの）ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩの値に対応するコードポイントが設定される。 If a single DCI indicates multiple SRI/TPMI, the following options 1 or 2 are possible;
Option 1: SRI/TPMI (values) for multiple (eg, 2) TRPs are indicated using a field that indicates multiple (eg, 2) SRI/TPMIs;
- Option 2: A field indicating one SRI/TPMI is indicated, and code points corresponding to multiple (for example, two) SRI/TPMI values are set in the field indicating the SRI/TPMI.
　オプション１において、複数のＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩフィールドのそれぞれのコードポイントが、１つのＴＰＭＩの値に対応してもよい。ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩフィールドとＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩの値の対応（関連付け）は、予め仕様で定義されてもよい。また、ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩフィールドとＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩの値の対応（関連付け）は、Ｒｅｌ．１６までに規定される対応を使用してもよいし、Ｒｅｌ．１７以降に規定される対応であってもよい。複数のＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩフィールドごとに、ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩフィールドとＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩの値の対応が異なってもよい。 In option 1, each codepoint of multiple SRI/TPMI fields may correspond to one TPMI value. The correspondence (association) between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value may be defined in advance in the specification. Also, the correspondence (association) between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value is described in Rel. 16 may be used, or the correspondence specified in Rel. 17 or later may be used. The correspondence between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value may be different for each of the plurality of SRI/TPMI fields.
　オプション２において、１つのＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩフィールドが指示されるコードポイントが、複数の（例えば、２つの）ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩの値に対応してもよい。ＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩフィールドとＳＲＩ／ＴＰＭＩの値の対応（関連付け）は、予め仕様で定義されてもよいし、ＲＲＣシグナリング／ＭＡＣ　ＣＥによって通知／設定／アクティベートされてもよい。 In option 2, a codepoint indicating one SRI/TPMI field may correspond to multiple (for example, two) SRI/TPMI values. The correspondence (association) between the SRI/TPMI field and the SRI/TPMI value may be defined in the specifications in advance, or may be notified/configured/activated by RRC signaling/MAC CE.
　なお、単一のＰＵＳＣＨ送信／単一ＴＲＰ（Single　TRP（ＳＴＲＰ））を利用するＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返し送信と、複数ＴＲＰ（Multi　TRP（ＭＴＲＰ））を利用するＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返し送信とは、ＤＣＩによって動的に指示／スイッチされることが検討されている。当該動的なスイッチは、Ｒｅｌ．１６までに規定されるＤＣＩに含まれる特定のフィールドが利用されてもよいし、Ｒｅｌ．１７以降に規定される特定のフィールド（例えば、ＳＴＲＰ又はＭＴＲＰ動作を指定するためのフィールド）が利用されてもよい。 In addition, single PUSCH transmission/repeated transmission of PUSCH using a single TRP (Single TRP (STRP)) and repeated transmission of PUSCH using multiple TRPs (Multi TRP (MTRP)) are dynamically controlled by DCI. is being considered to be directed/switched to The dynamic switch is based on Rel. 16 may be used, or specific fields contained in the DCI defined by Rel. Certain fields defined in 17 et seq. (eg, fields for specifying STRP or MTRP operations) may be utilized.
　また、本開示における「動的なスイッチ」は、「上位レイヤシグナリング及び物理レイヤシグナリングの少なくとも一方を用いるスイッチ」を意味してもよい。また、本開示の「スイッチ」は、スイッチング、変更（change）、チェンジング、適用、指示、設定などと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Also, the "dynamic switch" in the present disclosure may mean "a switch that uses at least one of higher layer signaling and physical layer signaling". Also, "switch" in the present disclosure may be read interchangeably as switching, change, changing, application, instruction, setting, and the like.
　ところで、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨがサポート／設定／有効化され、かつ、２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することが設定／有効化される場合に、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに２つのＰＨＲ（第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲ）を含めることが検討されている。２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することは、上位レイヤパラメータ（ＲＲＣパラメータ）によってＵＥに対して設定されてもよい。 By the way, when M-TRP PUSCH is supported/configured/enabled and reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is configured/enabled, two PHRs (first and a second PHR) are being considered. Reporting two PHRs for two TRPs may be configured for the UE by higher layer parameters (RRC parameters).
　ここで、第１のＰＨＲは、Ｒｅｌ．１５／１６と同様に報告されてもよい。第２のＰＨＲは、第１のＰＨＲとは異なるＴＲＰのＰＨＲであってもよい。第２のＰＨＲは、実際ＰＨＲとして報告されてもよいし、仮想ＰＨＲとして報告されてもよい。 Here, the first PHR is Rel. May be reported similarly to 15/16. The second PHR may be a PHR of a TRP that is different from the first PHR. The second PHR may be reported as a real PHR or a virtual PHR.
　実際ＰＨＲ（actual　PHR）は、実際のＰＵＳＣＨ送信（actual　PUSCH　transmission）に基づくＰＨＲであり、リアルＰＨＲ（real　PHR）と呼ばれてもよい。実際ＰＨＲは、実際のＰＵＳＣＨ送信のための電力制御パラメータに基づいて算出されてもよい。 The actual PHR is a PHR based on the actual PUSCH transmission, and may be called a real PHR. The actual PHR may be calculated based on the power control parameters for the actual PUSCH transmission.
　仮想ＰＨＲ（virtual　PHR）は、実際のＰＵＳＣＨ送信に依存しない（参照ＰＵＳＣＨ送信（reference　PUSCH　transmission）に基づく）ＰＨＲであり、参照ＰＨＲ（reference　PHR）、参照フォーマット（reference　format）に従うＰＨＲなどと呼ばれてもよい。仮想ＰＨＲは、Ｒｅｌ．１５／１６　ＮＲで既に規定されているデフォルトの電力制御パラメータに基づいて算出されてもよいし、新たなデフォルトの電力制御パラメータに基づいて算出されてもよい。 A virtual PHR is a PHR that does not depend on the actual PUSCH transmission (based on a reference PUSCH transmission), and is called a reference PHR, a PHR that follows a reference format, etc. may The virtual PHR is Rel. It may be calculated based on the default power control parameters already defined in 15/16 NR, or may be calculated based on new default power control parameters.
　なお、本開示において、電力制御パラメータは、ＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃ、Maximum　Power　Reduction（ＭＰＲ）、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ、追加最大電力低減（Additional　MPR（Ａ－ＭＰＲ））、ΔＴｃ、Ｐ０、ａｌｐｈａ、パスロス参照信号（Pathloss　Reference　Signal（ＰＬ－ＲＳ））、閉ループインデックス（ｌ）の少なくとも１つであってもよい。例えば、Ｒｅｌ．１６　ＮＲでは、デフォルトの電力制御パラメータは、ＭＰＲ＝０［ｄＢ］、Ａ－ＭＰＲ＝０［ｄＢ］、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ＝０［ｄＢ］、ΔＴＣ＝０［ｄＢ］であり、Ｐ０及びａｌｐｈａは、Ｐ０＿ＮＯＭＩＡＮＡＬ＿ＰＵＳＣＨ、ｆ、ｃ（０）及び上位レイヤパラメータp0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId＝０を用いて得られ、下りリンクパスロス推定は上位レイヤパラメータpusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id＝０を用いて得られ、ｌ＝０である。 In the present disclosure, the power control parameters are P CMAX, f, c , Maximum Power Reduction (MPR), P-MPR, Additional Maximum Power Reduction (Additional MPR (A-MPR)), ΔTc, P 0 , alpha, It may be at least one of a pathloss reference signal (PL-RS) and a closed loop index (l). For example, Rel. In 16 NR, the default power control parameters are MPR = 0 [dB], A-MPR = 0 [dB], P-MPR = 0 [dB], ΔT C = 0 [dB], P 0 and alpha is obtained using P 0_NOMIANAL_PUSCH, f, c (0) and the higher layer parameter p0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId=0, the downlink path loss estimate is obtained using the higher layer parameter pusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id=0, l = 0.
　しかしながら、現状の規格では、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに２つのＰＨＲを含める場合に、上述のＰＣＭＡＸフィールド、Ｐフィールド、ＭＰＥフィールドなどをどのように構成するかを規定していない。また、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥのトリガ条件について十分に検討されていない。適切なＰＨＲの報告が行われなければ、通信スループット、通信品質などが劣化するおそれがある。 However, the current standard does not specify how to configure the above-mentioned P CMAX field, P field, MPE field, etc. when two PHRs are included in the PHR MAC CE. Also, the trigger conditions for PHR MAC CE have not been fully considered. If an appropriate PHR is not reported, communication throughput, communication quality, etc. may deteriorate.
　そこで、本発明者らは、複数のＰＨを含むＰＨＲを適切に報告するための方法を着想した。 Therefore, the present inventors came up with a method for appropriately reporting PHRs containing multiple PHs.
　以下、本開示に係る実施形態について、図面を参照して詳細に説明する。各実施形態に係る無線通信方法は、それぞれ単独で適用されてもよいし、組み合わせて適用されてもよい。 Hereinafter, embodiments according to the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. The wireless communication method according to each embodiment may be applied independently, or may be applied in combination.
　本開示において、「Ａ／Ｂ」、「Ａ及びＢの少なくとも一方」、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, "A/B" and "at least one of A and B" may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、アクティベート、ディアクティベート、指示（又は指定（indicate））、選択、設定（configure）、更新（update）、決定（determine）などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, activate, deactivate, indicate (or indicate), select, configure, update, determine, etc. may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、ＲＲＣ、ＲＲＣパラメータ、ＲＲＣメッセージ、ＲＲＣシグナリング、上位レイヤパラメータ、情報要素（ＩＥ）、設定、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ、更新コマンド、アクティベーション／ディアクティベーションコマンド、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、サポートする、制御する、制御できる、動作する、動作できる、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, RRC, RRC parameters, RRC messages, RRC signaling, higher layer parameters, information elements (IEs), and settings may be read interchangeably. In the present disclosure, MAC CE, update command, and activation/deactivation command may be read interchangeably. In the present disclosure, supporting, controlling, controllable, operating, and capable of operating may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、パネル、ビーム、パネルグループ、ビームグループ、プリコーダ、Uplink（ＵＬ）送信エンティティ、ＴＲＰ、空間関係情報（ＳＲＩ）、空間関係、ＳＲＳリソース識別子（SRS　Resource　Indicator（ＳＲＩ））、ＳＲＳリソース、制御リソースセット（COntrol　REsource　SET（ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴ））、Physical　Downlink　Shared　Channel（ＰＤＳＣＨ）、コードワード、基地局、所定のアンテナポート（例えば、復調用参照信号（DeModulation　Reference　Signal（ＤＭＲＳ））ポート）、所定のアンテナポートグループ（例えば、ＤＭＲＳポートグループ）、所定のグループ（例えば、符号分割多重（Code　Division　Multiplexing（ＣＤＭ））グループ、所定の参照信号グループ、ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴグループ）、所定のリソース（例えば、所定の参照信号リソース）、所定のリソースセット（例えば、所定の参照信号リソースセット）、ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプール、ＰＵＣＣＨグループ（ＰＵＣＣＨリソースグループ）、空間関係グループ、下りリンクのＴＣＩ状態（ＤＬ　ＴＣＩ状態）、上りリンクのＴＣＩ状態（ＵＬ　ＴＣＩ状態）、統一されたＴＣＩ状態（unified　TCI　state）、共通ＴＣＩ状態（common　TCI　state）、ＱＣＬ、ＱＣＬ想定などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, panels, beams, panel groups, beam groups, precoders, Uplink (UL) transmitting entities, TRPs, spatial relationship information (SRI), spatial relationships, SRS Resource Indicator (SRI), SRS resources, Control resource set (Control Resource SET (CORESET)), Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), codeword, base station, predetermined antenna port (for example, demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port), predetermined Antenna port group (e.g., DMRS port group), predetermined group (e.g., Code Division Multiplexing (CDM) group, predetermined reference signal group, CORESET group), predetermined resource (e.g., predetermined reference signal resource), predetermined resource set (for example, predetermined reference signal resource set), CORESET pool, PUCCH group (PUCCH resource group), spatial relationship group, downlink TCI state (DL TCI state), uplink TCI state ( UL TCI state), unified TCI state, common TCI state, QCL, QCL assumption, etc. may be read interchangeably.
　また、ＴＣＩ状態Identifier（ＩＤ）とＴＣＩ状態は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。ＴＣＩ状態及びＴＣＩは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Also, the TCI state identifier (ID) and the TCI state may be read interchangeably. The TCI state and TCI may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、インデックス、ＩＤ、インディケーター、リソースＩＤ、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、シーケンス、リスト、セット、グループ、群、クラスター、サブセットなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, indexes, IDs, indicators, and resource IDs may be read interchangeably. In the present disclosure, sequences, lists, sets, groups, groups, clusters, subsets, etc. may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、ＴＲＰインデックス、ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックス（CORESETPoolIndex）、プールインデックス、グループインデックスなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, TRP index, CORESET pool index (CORESETPoolIndex), pool index, group index, etc. may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、シングルＰＤＣＣＨ（ＤＣＩ）は、第１のスケジューリングタイプ（例えば、スケジューリングタイプＡ（又はタイプ１））のＰＤＣＣＨ（ＤＣＩ）と呼ばれてもよい。また、マルチＰＤＣＣＨ（ＤＣＩ）は、第２のスケジューリングタイプ（例えば、スケジューリングタイプＢ（又はタイプ２））のＰＤＣＣＨ（ＤＣＩ）と呼ばれてもよい。 In the present disclosure, a single PDCCH (DCI) may be referred to as a PDCCH (DCI) of the first scheduling type (eg, scheduling type A (or type 1)). A multi-PDCCH (DCI) may also be referred to as a PDCCH (DCI) of a second scheduling type (eg, scheduling type B (or type 2)).
　本開示において、シングルＤＣＩについて、第ｉのＴＲＰ（ＴＲＰ＃ｉ）は、第ｉのＴＣＩ状態、第ｉのＣＤＭグループなどを意味してもよい（ｉは、整数）。マルチＤＣＩについて、第ｉのＴＲＰ（ＴＲＰ＃ｉ）は、ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックス＝ｉに対応するＣＯＲＥＳＥＴ、第ｉのＴＣＩ状態、第ｉのＣＤＭグループなどを意味してもよい（ｉは、整数）。 In this disclosure, for a single DCI, the i-th TRP (TRP#i) may mean the i-th TCI state, the i-th CDM group, etc. (i is an integer). For multi-DCI, the i-th TRP (TRP#i) may mean the CORESET corresponding to CORESET pool index = i, the i-th TCI state, the i-th CDM group, etc. (i is an integer).
　本開示において、マルチＴＲＰ（ＭＴＲＰ、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ）、マルチＴＲＰシステム、マルチＴＲＰ送信、マルチＰＤＳＣＨ、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, multi-TRP (MTRP, M-TRP), multi-TRP system, multi-TRP transmission, and multi-PDSCH may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、シングルＤＣＩ（ｓＤＣＩ）、シングルＰＤＣＣＨ、シングルＤＣＩに基づくマルチＴＲＰシステム、ｓＤＣＩベースＭＴＲＰ、１つのＤＣＩによって複数の（異なるＳＲＩに対応する）ＰＵＳＣＨをスケジュールすること、ｓＤＣＩベースＭＴＲＰ送信、少なくとも１つのＴＣＩコードポイント上の２つのＴＣＩ状態をアクティベートされること、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, single DCI (sDCI), single PDCCH, multi-TRP system based on single DCI, sDCI-based MTRP, scheduling multiple PUSCHs (corresponding to different SRIs) with one DCI, sDCI-based MTRP transmission, at least Activating two TCI states on one TCI codepoint may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、マルチＤＣＩ（ｍＤＣＩ）、マルチＰＤＣＣＨ、マルチＤＣＩに基づくマルチＴＲＰシステム、ｍＤＣＩベースＭＴＲＰ、ｍＤＣＩベースＭＴＲＰ送信、ＭＴＲＰ向けにマルチＤＣＩが用いられること、２つのＤＣＩによって複数の（異なるＳＲＩに対応する）ＰＵＳＣＨをスケジュールすること、２つのＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックス又はＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックス＝１（又は１以上の値）が設定されること、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, multi-DCI (mDCI), multi-PDCCH, multi-TRP system based on multi-DCI, mDCI-based MTRP, mDCI-based MTRP transmission, multi-DCI is used for MTRP, multiple (for different SRI The corresponding) scheduling PUSCH and setting two CORESET pool indices or CORESET pool index = 1 (or a value greater than or equal to 1) may be read interchangeably.
　本開示の繰り返しは、ＭＴＲＰベース繰り返し、Ｒｅｌ．１７の繰り返し、異なる空間関係を適用する繰り返し、繰り返しＰＵＳＣＨ、繰り返しＰＵＣＣＨ、繰り返し送信などと互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、以下の実施形態における繰り返し送信は、繰り返し送信タイプＡ、繰り返し送信タイプＢ及びその他の繰り返し送信タイプの少なくとも１つに該当してもよい。 The iterations of the present disclosure are MTRP-based iterations, Rel. 17 repetitions, repetitions applying different spatial relationships, repeated PUSCHs, repeated PUCCHs, repeated transmissions, etc. may be interchanged. Also, repeated transmission in the following embodiments may correspond to at least one of repeated transmission type A, repeated transmission type B, and other repeated transmission types.
　なお、繰り返しＰＵＳＣＨでは、同じコードワード／トランスポートブロックが各ＰＵＳＣＨ（各繰り返し）において伝送されてもよい。繰り返しＰＵＳＣＨは、同じ内容（例えば、データ／コードワード／トランスポートブロック）を有する複数のＰＵＳＣＨと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Note that in repeated PUSCH, the same codeword/transport block may be transmitted in each PUSCH (each repetition). A repeated PUSCH may be interchanged with multiple PUSCHs having the same content (eg, data/codeword/transport block).
　本開示において、第１のＴＲＰ及び第２のＴＲＰは、第１のＰＵＳＣＨ及び第２のＰＵＳＣＨ、第１のＰＵＳＣＨ送信機会及び第２のＰＵＳＣＨ送信機会、第１のＳＲＩ及び第２のＳＲＩ、などと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, the first TRP and the second TRP are the first PUSCH and the second PUSCH, the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity, the first SRI and the second SRI, etc. and may be read interchangeably.
　本開示におけるＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しは、２つのＴＲＰへの２つのＰＵＣＣＨ繰り返し、２つのＳＲＩを用いる２つのＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し、２つの電力制御パラメータのセット（電力制御パラメータは後述する）を用いる２つのＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し、などと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 The MTRP PUSCH repetitions in this disclosure are: 2 PUCCH repetitions into 2 TRPs, 2 PUSCH repetitions with 2 SRIs, 2 PUSCH repetitions with 2 sets of power control parameters (power control parameters are described below), and so on may be interchanged.
　本開示において、ＳＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返しは、１つの（同じ）ＳＲＩ／電力制御パラメータセット／ビーム／プリコーダを用いて送信される複数のＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返し送信を意味してもよい。なお、単一の送信（single　transmission）は、１つのＳＲＩ／電力制御パラメータセット／ビーム／プリコーダを用いて送信されるＰＵＳＣＨ送信を意味してもよい。 In the present disclosure, STRP PUSCH repetition may mean repeated transmission of multiple PUSCHs transmitted using one (same) SRI/power control parameter set/beam/precoder. Note that a single transmission may mean a PUSCH transmission sent using one SRI/power control parameter set/beam/precoder.
　なお、ＴＲＰ１（第１のＴＲＰ）へのＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し／ＰＵＳＣＨ送信は、第１のＳＲＩ（又はＳＲＩフィールド）／第１の電力制御パラメータセットを用いるＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し／ＰＵＳＣＨ送信を意味してもよい。 Note that PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission to TRP1 (first TRP) may mean PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission using the first SRI (or SRI field)/first power control parameter set.
　また、ＴＲＰ２（第２のＴＲＰ）へのＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し／ＰＵＳＣＨ送信は、第２のＳＲＩ（又はＳＲＩフィールド）／第２の電力制御パラメータセットを用いるＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し／ＰＵＳＣＨ送信を意味してもよい。 Also, PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission to TRP2 (second TRP) may mean PUSCH repetition/PUSCH transmission using the second SRI (or SRI field)/second power control parameter set.
　以下の実施形態における、複数のＴＲＰを利用するＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返し送信は、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ、ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し、複数ＴＲＰを利用するＰＵＳＣＨ送信、複数のＴＲＰ向けのＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返し送信、複数のＴＲＰにわたるＰＵＳＣＨ、複数のＴＲＰにわたる繰り返しＰＵＳＣＨ、単に繰り返しＰＵＳＣＨ、繰り返し送信、複数のＰＵＳＣＨ送信、複数のＳＲＩを用いるＰＵＳＣＨ送信、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨなどと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Repeated transmission of PUSCH using multiple TRPs in the following embodiments is M-TRP PUSCH, MTRP PUSCH repeated, PUSCH transmission using multiple TRPs, repeated transmission of PUSCH for multiple TRPs, PUSCH over multiple TRPs , repeated PUSCH over multiple TRPs, simply repeated PUSCH, repeated transmission, multiple PUSCH transmissions, PUSCH transmission using multiple SRIs, M-TRP PUSCH, and so on.
　また、単一ＴＲＰを利用するＰＵＳＣＨ送信は、Ｓ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ、ＳＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し、単一ＴＲＰを利用するＰＵＳＣＨ送信、単一のＴＲＰ向けのＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返し送信、単一のＴＲＰにわたるＰＵＳＣＨ、単一のＴＲＰにわたる繰り返しＰＵＳＣＨ、単一のＴＲＰ向けの単一のＰＵＳＣＨ送信、単に単一のＰＵＳＣＨ送信、単一のＴＲＰにおけるＰＵＳＣＨ送信、単一のＳＲＩを用いるＰＵＳＣＨ送信、などと呼ばれてもよい。 In addition, PUSCH transmission using a single TRP includes S-TRP PUSCH, STRP PUSCH repetition, PUSCH transmission using a single TRP, repetition transmission of PUSCH for a single TRP, PUSCH over a single TRP, single TRPs, a single PUSCH transmission for a single TRP, just a single PUSCH transmission, a PUSCH transmission in a single TRP, a PUSCH transmission with a single SRI, and so on.
　なお、本開示における各実施形態において、ＵＬ送信として、１つのＤＣＩを用いる単一／複数のＴＲＰ向けのＰＵＳＣＨ送信、コードブックベースのＰＵＳＣＨ送信、を例に説明するが、ノンコードブックベースのＰＵＳＣＨ送信に適用してもよく、各実施形態を適用できるＰＵＳＣＨ送信は、これらに限られない。本開示における各実施形態をノンコードブックベースのＰＵＳＣＨ送信に適用する場合、各ＳＲＩフィールドによって１以上のＳＲＳリソース（ＳＲＩ）がＵＥに指示されてもよい。また、コードブックベースのＰＵＳＣＨ送信とノンコードブックベースのＰＵＳＣＨ送信とに、共通の又は異なる実施形態が適用されてもよい。また、ＵＬ送信は、ＰＵＳＣＨに限られず、本開示の各実施形態は、ＰＵＣＣＨに対しても適宜適用可能である（ＰＵＳＣＨは、ＰＵＣＣＨに読み替えられてもよい）。 In each embodiment of the present disclosure, PUSCH transmission for single/multiple TRPs using one DCI, codebook-based PUSCH transmission, and codebook-based PUSCH transmission will be described as examples of UL transmission, but non-codebook-based PUSCH It may be applied to transmission, and PUSCH transmission to which each embodiment can be applied is not limited to these. When applying the embodiments in this disclosure to non-codebook-based PUSCH transmission, each SRI field may indicate one or more SRS resources (SRIs) to the UE. Also, common or different embodiments may be applied to codebook-based PUSCH transmission and non-codebook-based PUSCH transmission. In addition, UL transmission is not limited to PUSCH, and each embodiment of the present disclosure can be appropriately applied to PUCCH (PUSCH may be read as PUCCH).
　また、本開示における各実施形態において、複数ＴＲＰ、複数ＳＲＩ等の数が２つの場合を主な例に説明するが、これらの数は３以上であってもよい。言い換えると、本開示の「２つ」は「複数」で読み替えられてもよい。 Also, in each embodiment of the present disclosure, a case where the number of multiple TRPs, multiple SRIs, etc. is two will be described as a main example, but these numbers may be three or more. In other words, "two" in the present disclosure may be read as "plurality".
　なお、本開示では、「ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックス＝０に設定される」は「ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックス＝０に設定される又はＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックスが設定されない」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 It should be noted that in the present disclosure, "the CORESET pool index is set to 0" may be read interchangeably as "the CORESET pool index is set to 0 or the CORESET pool index is not set".
　また、本開示では、ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴプールインデックス、ＰＵＳＣＨの繰り返しインデックス及び上位レイヤインデックスは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Also, in the present disclosure, the CORESET pool index, the PUSCH repetition index, and the upper layer index may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、「ＰＨＲ」、「ＰＨ」、「ＰＨフィールド」、「ＰＨ値」などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、本開示において、ＰＨフィールドは、あるタイプ（例えば、タイプ１／２／３／Ｘ）のＰＨフィールドと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, "PHR", "PH", "PH field", "PH value", etc. may be read interchangeably. Also, in this disclosure, a PH field may be read interchangeably with a PH field of a certain type (eg, type 1/2/3/X).
　なお、後述の各実施形態は、上位レイヤパラメータによってＵＥに対してＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが有効化される場合を前提とするが、これに限られない。「ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが有効化されること」は、「２つのコードブックベース／ノンコードブックベースのＳＲＳリソースセットが設定されること」を意味してもよい。 It should be noted that although each of the embodiments described later assumes that MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled for the UE by an upper layer parameter, it is not limited to this. 'MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled' may mean 'two codebook-based/non-codebook-based SRS resource sets are configured'.
　また、後述の各実施形態は、上位レイヤパラメータによってＵＥに対して２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することが有効化される場合を前提とするが、これに限られない。 In addition, each embodiment described later assumes that reporting two PHRs for two TRPs to the UE is enabled by higher layer parameters, but is not limited to this.
　以下の実施形態における、「ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが有効化される」、「２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することが有効化される」などはないものとして読み替えられてもよい。 In the following embodiments, "MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled", "reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is enabled", etc. may be read as nothing.
　なお、各実施形態では、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥには、複数のサービングセルそれぞれのためのフィールド（ＰＣＭＡＸフィールド、Ｐフィールドなど）が含まれてもよい。また、以下の実施形態におけるＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ、ＰＨＲ及びＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Note that in embodiments, the PHR MAC CE may include fields for each of multiple serving cells (P CMAX field, P field, etc.). Also, PHR MAC CE, PHR and MPE P-MPR reports in the following embodiments may be read interchangeably.
　また、以下の実施形態における、「ＰＨフィールドの（／のための／に対応する）ＰＣＭＡＸフィールド／Ｐ－ＭＰＲ値／パワーバックオフ」は、「ＰＨフィールドの対応するＰＵＳＣＨ送信の（／のための／に対応する）ＰＣＭＡＸフィールド／Ｐ－ＭＰＲ値／パワーバックオフ」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Also, in the following embodiments, "P CMAX field/P-MPR value/power backoff of (for/for/corresponding to) PH field" means "(for/for/corresponding to) PUSCH transmission corresponding to PH field. may be interchanged with "P CMAX field/P-MPR value/power back off".
　本開示において、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ値及びパワーバックオフは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, P-MPR, P-MPR value, and power back-off may be read interchangeably.
　本開示において、任意の周波数レンジ（Frequency　Range（ＦＲ））（例えば、ＦＲ２）は、他の任意のＦＲ（例えば、ＦＲ１／３／４／Ｘ）と互いに読み替えられてもよい。なお、任意のＦＲは表記を省略されてもよく、例えば、「ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告」は「ＭＰＥ報告」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, any frequency range (FR) (eg, FR2) may be interchanged with any other FR (eg, FR1/3/4/X). Note that the notation of any FR may be omitted, and for example, "MPE report of FR2" may be replaced with "MPE report".
（無線通信方法）
＜第１の実施形態＞
　第１の実施形態は、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥにおけるＰＣＭＡＸフィールドに関する。 (Wireless communication method)
<First embodiment>
The first embodiment relates to the P CMAX field in PHR MAC CE.
　第１の実施形態において、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＰＣＭＡＸフィールドは、２つ含まれてもよい。これら２つのＰＣＭＡＸフィールドのうち、第１のＰＣＭＡＸフィールドは、上記サービングセルの第１のＰＨフィールドの算出に用いられるＰＣＭＡＸの値を示し、第２のＰＣＭＡＸフィールドは、上記サービングセルの第２のＰＨフィールドの算出に用いられるＰＣＭＡＸの値を示してもよい。 In the first embodiment, two P CMAX fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. Of these two P CMAX fields, the first P CMAX field indicates the value of P CMAX used to calculate the first PH field of the serving cell, and the second P CMAX field indicates the second P CMAX field of the serving cell. may indicate the value of P CMAX used to calculate the PH field of .
　第１の実施形態において、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＰＣＭＡＸフィールドは、１つだけ含まれてもよい。当該ＰＣＭＡＸフィールドは、以下の少なくとも１つを示してもよい：
　・上記サービングセルの第１のＰＨフィールドの算出に用いられるＰＣＭＡＸの値、
　・上記サービングセルの第２のＰＨフィールドの算出に用いられるＰＣＭＡＸの値、
　・上記サービングセルの第１のＰＨフィールド及び第２のＰＨフィールドの算出に用いられるＰＣＭＡＸの値（この場合、第１のＰＨフィールド及び第２のＰＨフィールドの算出には共通のＰＣＭＡＸの値が用いられてもよい）、
　・上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールドの算出に用いられるＰＣＭＡＸの値（上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールドの数は１である場合）。 In a first embodiment, only one P CMAX field corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. The P CMAX field may indicate at least one of the following:
- the value of P CMAX used to calculate the first PH field of the serving cell;
- the value of P CMAX used to calculate the second PH field of the serving cell;
- The value of P CMAX used to calculate the first PH field and the second PH field of the serving cell (in this case, the common P CMAX value is used to calculate the first PH field and the second PH field may be used),
• The value of P CMAX used to calculate the PH field corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (if the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1).
　以上説明した第１の実施形態によれば、ＵＥは、１つのサービングセルのＰＨフィールドをＰＨＲ報告に２つ含める場合であっても、ＰＨフィールドに対応するＰＣＭＡＸフィールドを当該ＰＨＲ報告に適切に含めることができる。 According to the first embodiment described above, even when two PH fields of one serving cell are included in the PHR report, the UE appropriately includes the P CMAX field corresponding to the PH field in the PHR report. be able to.
＜第２の実施形態＞
　第２の実施形態は、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥにおけるＰフィールドに関する。 <Second embodiment>
A second embodiment relates to the P field in PHR MAC CE.
　第２の実施形態は、以下の２つの場合に大別される：
　・実施形態２．１：ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告（上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、サービングセルがＦＲ２において動作する場合、
　・実施形態２．２：ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告が設定されていないか、又はサービングセルがＦＲ１において動作する場合。 The second embodiment can be roughly divided into the following two cases:
Embodiment 2.1: If FR2 MPE reporting (higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured and the serving cell operates in FR2,
Embodiment 2.2: MPE reporting in FR2 is not configured or the serving cell operates in FR1.
［実施形態２．１］
　実施形態２．１において、サービングセルの第１のＰＨフィールドのための（に対応する）適用されるＰ－ＭＰＲ値は、単に第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値とも呼び、サービングセルの第２のＰＨフィールドのための（に対応する）適用されるＰ－ＭＰＲ値は、単に第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値とも呼ぶ。 [Embodiment 2.1]
In embodiment 2.1, the applied P-MPR value for (corresponding to) the first PH field of the serving cell, also simply referred to as the first P-MPR value, is that of the second PH field of the serving cell. The applied P-MPR value for (corresponding to) is also simply referred to as the second P-MPR value.
　実施形態２．１では、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＰフィールドは、２つ含まれてもよい。これら２つのＰフィールドのうち、第１のＰフィールドは、第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値（例えば、P-MPR_00）より小さいか否かを示し、第２のＰフィールドは、第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値（例えば、P-MPR_00）より小さいか否かを示してもよい。 In embodiment 2.1, two P fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. Of these two P-fields, the first P-field indicates whether the first P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00), and the second P-field indicates whether the , may indicate whether the second P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00).
　なお、実施形態２．１において、各Ｐフィールドについての特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値は、同じであってもよいし、異なってもよい。ＵＥは、あるＰフィールドについての特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値に関する情報を、特定のルール／ＵＥ能力に基づいて決定してもよいし、物理レイヤシグナリング（例えば、ＤＣＩ）、上位レイヤシグナリング（例えば、ＲＲＣシグナリング、ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ）、特定の信号／チャネル、又はこれらの組み合わせを用いて通知されてもよい。本開示において、「特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値」は、「設定／規定される閾値」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Note that in embodiment 2.1, the specific P-MPR value for each P-field may be the same or different. The UE may determine information about specific P-MPR values for certain P-fields based on specific rules/UE capabilities, physical layer signaling (eg DCI), higher layer signaling (eg RRC signaling, MAC CE), a specific signal/channel, or a combination thereof. In the present disclosure, "a specific P-MPR value" may be read interchangeably with "a set/specified threshold".
　実施形態２．１において、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＰフィールドは、１つだけ含まれてもよい。当該Ｐフィールドは、以下の少なくとも１つに従ってもよい：
　・実施形態２．１．１：第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さい場合には０に設定され、そうでない場合には１に設定される、
　・実施形態２．１．２：第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さい場合には０に設定され、そうでない場合には１に設定される、
　・実施形態２．１．３：上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールド（上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールドの数は１である）のための適用されるＰ－ＭＰＲ値が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さい場合には０に設定され、そうでない場合には１に設定される、
　・実施形態２．１．４：第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値及び第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値の両方が、特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さい場合には０に設定され、そうでない場合には１に設定される、
　・実施形態２．１．５：第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値及び第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値の両方が、特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さい場合には０に設定され、そうでない場合には１に設定される、
　・実施形態２．１．６：第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値及び第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値の一方（又は少なくとも一方）が、特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さい場合には０に設定され、そうでない場合には１に設定される。 In embodiment 2.1, only one P field corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. The P-field may be subject to at least one of the following:
Embodiment 2.1.1: set to 0 if the first P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value, otherwise set to 1;
Embodiment 2.1.2: set to 0 if the second P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value, otherwise set to 1;
Embodiment 2.1.3: The applied P-MPR value for the PH field corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1) is specified set to 0 if less than the P-MPR value, set to 1 otherwise;
Embodiment 2.1.4: set to 0 if both the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value are less than a particular P-MPR value, else 1 is set to
Embodiment 2.1.5: set to 0 if both the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value are less than a particular P-MPR value, else 1 is set to
Embodiment 2.1.6: set to 0 if one (or at least one) of the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value is less than a particular P-MPR value; otherwise it is set to 1.
　なお、上記実施形態２．１．４においては、第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値及び第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値の両方が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さいケースと、第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値及び第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値の両方が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さくないケースと、のみが想定されてもよい（その他のケースは生じないと想定されてもよい）。 In Embodiment 2.1.4 above, both the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value are smaller than a specific P-MPR value, and the first P-MPR value and Only the case where both of the second P-MPR values are not less than the particular P-MPR value may be assumed (the other cases may not occur).
　なお、上記実施形態２．１．５／２．１．６においては、第１のＰ－ＭＰＲ値及び第２のＰ－ＭＰＲ値の一方が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さく、他方が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さくないケースが生じ得ると想定されてもよい（例えば、これらのケースが実施形態２．１．４において想定されるケースに加えて生じ得ると想定されてもよい）。 In Embodiments 2.1.5/2.1.6 above, one of the first P-MPR value and the second P-MPR value is smaller than the specific P-MPR value, and the other is the specific P-MPR value. It may be assumed that cases not less than the P-MPR value may occur (eg, it may be assumed that these cases may occur in addition to the cases assumed in embodiment 2.1.4).
　図３Ａは、実施形態２．１．４において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。本例では、第１のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールド及び第２のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールドの両方が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値（例えば、P-MPR_00）より小さい、又は両方が当該特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値以上のケースのみが想定される。 FIG. 3A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.1.4. In this example, both the first PHR (PH) field and the second PHR (PH) field are less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00), or both are less than the particular P-MPR value Only the above cases are assumed.
　図３Ｂは、実施形態２．１．５及び２．１．６において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。本例では、第１のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールド及び第２のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールドの両方が特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値（例えば、P-MPR_00）より小さい、又は両方が当該特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値以上のケースだけでなく、一方が当該特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値より小さく、かつ他方が当該特定のＰ－ＭＰＲ値以上であるケースも想定される。 FIG. 3B is a diagram showing an example of cases assumed in Embodiments 2.1.5 and 2.1.6. In this example, both the first PHR (PH) field and the second PHR (PH) field are less than a particular P-MPR value (eg, P-MPR_00), or both are less than the particular P-MPR value In addition to the above cases, cases where one is smaller than the specific P-MPR value and the other is greater than or equal to the specific P-MPR value are also assumed.
［実施形態２．２］
　実施形態２．２において、サービングセルの第１のＰＨフィールドのための（に対応する）電力管理のためにパワーバックオフが適用されることは、単に「第１のパワーバックオフが適用される」とも呼び、サービングセルの第２のＰＨフィールドのための（に対応する）電力管理のためにパワーバックオフが適用されることは、単に「第２のパワーバックオフが適用される」とも呼ぶ。 [Embodiment 2.2]
In embodiment 2.2, applying power backoff for power management for (corresponding to) the first PH field of the serving cell simply means "the first power backoff is applied". Also, applying power backoff for power management for (corresponding to) the second PH field of the serving cell is also simply referred to as "applying the second power backoff."
　実施形態２．２では、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＰフィールドは、２つ含まれてもよい。これら２つのＰフィールドのうち、第１のＰフィールドは、第１のパワーバックオフ（例えば、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ＞０）が適用されるか否かを示し、第２のＰフィールドは、第２のパワーバックオフ（例えば、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ＞０）が適用されるか否かを示してもよい。 In embodiment 2.2, two P fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. Of these two P-fields, the first P-field indicates whether the first power backoff (eg, P-MPR>0) is applied, and the second P-field indicates whether the second It may indicate whether power backoff (eg, P-MPR>0) applies.
　なお、実施形態２．２において、各Ｐフィールドについてのパワーバックオフは、同じであってもよいし、異なってもよい。ＵＥは、あるＰフィールドについてのパワーバックオフに関する情報を、特定のルール／ＵＥ能力に基づいて決定してもよいし、物理レイヤシグナリング（例えば、ＤＣＩ）、上位レイヤシグナリング（例えば、ＲＲＣシグナリング、ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ）、特定の信号／チャネル、又はこれらの組み合わせを用いて通知されてもよい。本開示において、「パワーバックオフ（例えば、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ＞０）が適用される」は、「電力管理のためにパワーバックオフが適用されていなければ対応するＰＣＭＡＸフィールドが異なる値を有することになっていた」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Note that in embodiment 2.2, the power backoff for each P-field may be the same or different. The UE may determine information on power backoff for certain P-fields based on specific rules/UE capabilities, physical layer signaling (e.g. DCI), higher layer signaling (e.g. RRC signaling, MAC CE), a specific signal/channel, or a combination thereof. In this disclosure, "power backoff (eg, P-MPR>0) applies" means "that the corresponding P CMAX field has a different value if no power backoff is applied for power management. It could be read as "it was".
　実施形態２．２において、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＰフィールドは、１つだけ含まれてもよい。当該Ｐフィールドは、以下の少なくとも１つに従ってもよい：
　・実施形態２．２．１：第１のパワーバックオフが適用される場合には１に設定され、そうでない場合には０に設定される、
　・実施形態２．２．２：第２のパワーバックオフが適用される場合には１に設定され、そうでない場合には０に設定される、
　・実施形態２．２．３：上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールド（上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールドの数は１である）のための電力管理のためにパワーバックオフ（例えば、Ｐ－ＭＰＲ＞０）が適用される場合には１に設定され、そうでない場合には０に設定される、
　・実施形態２．２．４：第１のパワーバックオフ及び第２のパワーバックオフの両方が適用される場合には１に設定され、そうでない場合には０に設定される、
　・実施形態２．２．５：第１のパワーバックオフ及び第２のパワーバックオフの両方が適用される場合には１に設定され、そうでない場合には０に設定される、
　・実施形態２．２．６：第１のパワーバックオフ及び第２のパワーバックオフの一方（又は少なくとも一方）が適用される場合には１に設定され、そうでない場合には０に設定される。 In embodiment 2.2, only one P-field corresponding to two PH-fields of one serving cell may be included. The P-field may be subject to at least one of the following:
Embodiment 2.2.1: set to 1 if the first power backoff is applied, otherwise set to 0;
Embodiment 2.2.2: set to 1 if the second power backoff is applied, otherwise set to 0;
Embodiment 2.2.3: Power back-off for power management for PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1) , P-MPR>0) applies, set to 0 otherwise;
Embodiment 2.2.4: set to 1 if both the first power backoff and the second power backoff are applied, otherwise set to 0;
Embodiment 2.2.5: set to 1 if both the first power backoff and the second power backoff are applied, otherwise set to 0;
Embodiment 2.2.6: set to 1 if one (or at least one) of the first power backoff and the second power backoff is applied, otherwise set to 0 be.
　なお、上記実施形態２．２．４においては、第１のパワーバックオフ及び第２のパワーバックオフの両方が適用されるケースと、第１のパワーバックオフ及び第２のパワーバックオフの両方が適用されないケースと、のみが想定されてもよい（その他のケースは生じないと想定されてもよい）。 In Embodiments 2.2.4 above, the case where both the first power back-off and the second power back-off are applied, and the case where both the first power back-off and the second power back-off are applied does not apply (other cases may not occur).
　なお、上記実施形態２．２．５／２．２．６においては、第１のパワーバックオフ及び第２のパワーバックオフの一方が適用され、他方が適用されないケースが生じ得ると想定されてもよい（例えば、これらのケースが実施形態２．２．４において想定されるケースに加えて生じ得ると想定されてもよい）。 In Embodiments 2.2.5/2.2.6 above, it is assumed that there may be cases where one of the first power back-off and the second power back-off is applied and the other is not applied. (eg, it may be assumed that these cases may occur in addition to those assumed in embodiment 2.2.4).
　図４Ａは、実施形態２．２．４において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。本例では、第１のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールド及び第２のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールドの両方についてＰ－ＭＰＲ（パワーバックオフ）が適用されるケースと、両方についてＰ－ＭＰＲ（パワーバックオフ）が適用されないケースと、のみが想定される。 FIG. 4A is a diagram showing an example of a case assumed in Embodiment 2.2.4. In this example, a case where P-MPR (power back off) is applied to both the first PHR (PH) field and the second PHR (PH) field, and a case where P-MPR (power back off) is applied to both Only cases where it does not apply are assumed.
　図４Ｂは、実施形態２．２．５及び２．２．６において想定されるケースの一例を示す図である。本例では、第１のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールド及び第２のＰＨＲ（ＰＨ）フィールドの両方についてＰ－ＭＰＲが適用されるケースと、両方についてＰ－ＭＰＲが適用されないケースだけでなく、一方にＰ－ＭＰＲが適用されるが他方には適用されないケースも想定される。 FIG. 4B is a diagram showing an example of cases assumed in Embodiments 2.2.5 and 2.2.6. In this example, not only the case where P-MPR is applied to both the first PHR (PH) field and the second PHR (PH) field, and the case where P-MPR is not applied to both, P - Cases where MPR applies but not the other are envisioned.
　なお、第２の実施形態における「０に設定される」及び「１に設定される」は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Note that "set to 0" and "set to 1" in the second embodiment may be read interchangeably.
　以上説明した第２の実施形態によれば、ＵＥは、１つのサービングセルのＰＨフィールドをＰＨＲ報告に２つ含める場合であっても、ＰＨフィールドに対応するＰフィールドを当該ＰＨＲ報告に適切に含めることができる。 According to the second embodiment described above, even if the UE includes two PH fields of one serving cell in the PHR report, the P field corresponding to the PH field can be appropriately included in the PHR report. can be done.
＜第３の実施形態＞
　第３の実施形態は、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥにおけるＭＰＥフィールドに関する。 <Third Embodiment>
A third embodiment relates to the MPE field in PHR MAC CE.
　第３の実施形態において、サービングセルの第１のＰＨフィールドのための（に対応する）ＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用されるパワーバックオフは、単に第１のパワーバックオフとも呼び、サービングセルの第２のＰＨフィールドのための（に対応する）ＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用されるパワーバックオフは、単に第２のパワーバックオフとも呼ぶ。なお、ＭＰＥフィールドは、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ値（例えばｄＢ単位）に対応するインデックスを示してもよい。 In a third embodiment, the power backoff applied to meet the MPE requirements for (corresponding to) the first PH field of the serving cell is also simply referred to as the first power backoff, and the second power backoff of the serving cell. The power backoff applied to meet the MPE requirements for (corresponding to) the PH field of is also simply referred to as the second power backoff. Note that the MPE field may indicate an index corresponding to the measured P-MPR value (eg, in dB).
　第３の実施形態において、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、サービングセルがＦＲ２において動作し、かつ当該サービングセルに対応する少なくとも１つのＰフィールドが１に設定される場合には、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＭＰＥフィールドは、２つ含まれてもよい。これら２つのＭＰＥフィールドのうち、第１のＭＰＥフィールドは第１のパワーバックオフを示し、第２のＭＰＥフィールドは第２のパワーバックオフを示してもよい。 In a third embodiment, FR2 MPE reporting (eg, higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured, the serving cell operates in FR2, and at least one P-field corresponding to the serving cell is set to 1. , two MPE fields corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. Of these two MPE fields, the first MPE field may indicate a first power backoff and the second MPE field may indicate a second power backoff.
　第３の実施形態において、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、サービングセルがＦＲ２において動作し、かつ当該サービングセルに対応する少なくとも１つのＰフィールドが１に設定される場合には、１つのサービングセルの２つのＰＨフィールドに対応するＭＰＥフィールドは、１つだけ含まれてもよい。当該ＰＣＭＡＸフィールドは、以下の少なくとも１つを示してもよい：
　・第１のパワーバックオフ、
　・第２のパワーバックオフ、
　・第１のパワーバックオフ及び第２のパワーバックオフ（この場合、第１のＰＨフィールド及び第２のＰＨフィールドの算出には共通のパワーバックオフの値が用いられてもよい）、
　・上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールドのための（に対応する）ＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用されるパワーバックオフ（上記サービングセルの実際ＰＨに対応するＰＨフィールドの数は１である場合）。 In a third embodiment, FR2 MPE reporting (eg, higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured, the serving cell operates in FR2, and at least one P-field corresponding to the serving cell is set to 1. , only one MPE field corresponding to two PH fields of one serving cell may be included. The P CMAX field may indicate at least one of the following:
a first power back off;
a second power back off;
a first power backoff and a second power backoff (in this case, a common power backoff value may be used to calculate the first PH field and the second PH field);
Power backoff applied to meet MPE requirements for (corresponding to) PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell (if the number of PH fields corresponding to the actual PH of the serving cell is 1) .
　なお、第３の実施形態において、「ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、サービングセルがＦＲ２において動作し」は、「ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告が設定されていないか、又はサービングセルがＦＲ１で動作し」で読み替えられてもよい。 Note that, in the third embodiment, "the FR2 MPE reporting (eg, higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured and the serving cell operates in FR2" means "whether the FR2 MPE reporting is configured , or the serving cell operates in FR1.
　以上説明した第３の実施形態によれば、ＵＥは、１つのサービングセルのＰＨフィールドをＰＨＲ報告に２つ含める場合であっても、ＰＨフィールドに対応するＭＰＥフィールドを当該ＰＨＲ報告に適切に含めることができる。 According to the third embodiment described above, even if the UE includes two PH fields of one serving cell in the PHR report, the MPE field corresponding to the PH field can be appropriately included in the PHR report. can be done.
＜第１－第３の実施形態のＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの具体例＞
　第１－第３の実施形態のＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥは、シングルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥであってもよいし、マルチプルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥであってもよい。 <Specific example of PHR MAC CE of the first to third embodiments>
The PHR MAC CE of the first to third embodiments may be a single entry PHR MAC CE or a multiple entry PHR MAC CE.
　図５は、第１－第３の実施形態におけるシングルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。図１と異なる点を説明し、同じ点については説明を繰り返さない。 FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a single entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments. Differences from FIG. 1 will be described, and descriptions of the same points will not be repeated.
　ＰＨ＿１及びＰＨ＿２はそれぞれ、第１のＰＨフィールド及び第２のＰＨフィールドに該当し、例えば、ＴＲＰ１向けのＰＨ及びＴＲＰ２向けのＰＨを示してもよい。また、他のフィールドについて付される“＿１”及び“＿２”はそれぞれ、そのフィールドが第１のＰＨフィールド及び第２のＰＨフィールドに対応することを示す。 PH_1 and PH_2 correspond to the first PH field and the second PH field, respectively, and may indicate, for example, the PH for TRP1 and the PH for TRP2. Also, "_1" and "_2" attached to other fields indicate that the fields correspond to the first PH field and the second PH field, respectively.
　例えば、Ｐ＿１及びＰ＿２は、第２の実施形態の第１及び第２のＰフィールドに該当し、ＭＰＥ＿１及びＭＰＥ＿２は、第３の実施形態の第１及び第２のＭＰＥフィールドに該当し、ＰＣＭＡＸ＿１及びＰＣＭＡＸ＿２は、第１の実施形態の第１及び第２のＰＣＭＡＸフィールドに該当してもよい。なお、“＿１”及び“＿２”は表記されなくてもよいし、別の表記がされてもよい。 For example, P_1 and P_2 correspond to the first and second P fields of the second embodiment, MPE_1 and MPE_2 correspond to the first and second MPE fields of the third embodiment, and P CMAX _1 and P CMAX _2 may correspond to the first and second P CMAX fields of the first embodiment. Note that "_1" and "_2" may not be written, or may be written differently.
　Ｖフィールドは直後のＰＨフィールドが実際ＰＨＲか仮想ＰＨＲかを表す。例えば、Ｖ＝１は直後のＰＨＲフィールドが仮想ＰＨＲであることを、Ｖ＝０は直後のＰＨＲフィールドが実際ＰＨＲであることを意味してもよい（また、これらは逆であってもよい）。 The V field indicates whether the immediately following PH field is an actual PHR or a virtual PHR. For example, V=1 may mean that the immediately following PHR field is a virtual PHR, and V=0 means that the immediately following PHR field is actually a PHR (and vice versa). .
　図６は、第１－第３の実施形態におけるマルチプルエントリＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの一例を示す図である。図２と異なる点を説明し、同じ点については説明を繰り返さない。また、図５で同様な内容を説明したフィールドについても、説明を繰り返さない。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of multiple entry PHR MAC CE in the first to third embodiments. Differences from FIG. 2 will be described, and descriptions of the same points will not be repeated. Further, the description of the fields for which the same contents have been described with reference to FIG. 5 will not be repeated.
　ＰＨ＿ｊ，１及びＰＨ＿ｊ，２はそれぞれ、第１のＰＨフィールド及び第２のＰＨフィールドに該当し、例えば、ＴＲＰ１向けのＰＨ及びＴＲＰ２向けのＰＨを示してもよい。また、他のフィールドについて付される“＿ｊ，１”及び“＿ｊ，２”はそれぞれ、そのフィールドが第１のＰＨフィールド及び第２のＰＨフィールドに対応することを示す。なお、“＿ｊ，１”及び“＿ｊ，２”は表記されなくてもよいし、別の表記がされてもよい。 PH_j,1 and PH_j,2 correspond to the first and second PH fields, respectively, and may indicate, for example, the PH for TRP1 and the PH for TRP2. Also, "_j, 1" and "_j, 2" attached to other fields indicate that the field corresponds to the first PH field and the second PH field, respectively. Note that "_j, 1" and "_j, 2" may not be written, or may be written differently.
　図６において、Ｘｉフィールドは、１つ又は２つのＰＨＲが報告されることを示すフィールドに該当し、Ｃｉフィールドに対応するＰＨＲ＿ｊ，２を含むオクテット（図示される８ビットの１列）が存在するか否かを示す。例えば、Ｘｉ＝１は存在することを、Ｘｉ＝０は存在しないことを意味してもよい（また、これらは逆であってもよい）。 In FIG. 6, the X i field corresponds to a field indicating that one or two PHRs are reported, and the octet containing PHR_j,2 corresponding to the C i field (one row of 8 bits shown) is Indicates whether it exists or not. For example, X i =1 may mean present and X i =0 may mean not present (and vice versa).
　なお、Ｘ０フィールドはサービングセルインデックス＝０（又はＰＣｅｌｌ又はＳｐＣｅｌｌ）に関して１つ又は２つのＰＨＲが報告されることを示すフィールドに該当してもよい。また、Ｃ０フィールドは、Ｒフィールドであってもよい。 Note that the X 0 field may correspond to a field indicating that one or two PHRs are reported for serving cell index=0 (or PCell or SpCell). Also, the C0 field may be the R field.
　なお、Ｘｉフィールド（Ｘｉフィールドを含むオクテット）は、当該ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに含まれなくてもよい。各サービングセルについて報告されるＰＨの数が設定される場合、２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することが設定／有効化される場合などには、Ｘｉフィールドを含める必要がないためである。 Note that the Xi field (the octet including the Xi field) does not have to be included in the PHR MAC CE. This is because if the number of PHs reported for each serving cell is configured, if reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is configured/enabled, etc., there is no need to include the Xi field. be.
＜第４の実施形態＞
　第４の実施形態は、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥのトリガ条件（トリガイベント）に関する。当該ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥは、第１－第３の実施形態のＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥであってもよい。 <Fourth Embodiment>
The fourth embodiment relates to trigger conditions (trigger events) of PHR MAC CE. The PHR MAC CE may be the PHR MAC CE of the first to third embodiments.
　第４の実施形態は、実施形態４．１と実施形態４．２に大別される。なお、これらの実施形態が排他的でない（両方適用されてもよい）ことは、他の実施形態と同様に理解される。 The fourth embodiment is roughly divided into Embodiment 4.1 and Embodiment 4.2. It should be understood, like other embodiments, that these embodiments are not exclusive (both may be applied).
［実施形態４．１］
　実施形態４．１において、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、かつ禁止タイマ（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-ProhibitTimerに関する）が起動していない場合には、以下のイベントが生じる場合にＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥがトリガされてもよい（ＵＥは、そのような場合にＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥをトリガしてもよい）：
　・ＭＡＣエンティティにおけるＰＨＲの最後の送信以降に、少なくとも１つのアクティベートされたＦＲ２サービングセルについて、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用される、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ（measured　P-MPR）が閾値（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Thresholdによって示される閾値）以上である。 [Embodiment 4.1]
In embodiment 4.1, if the FR2 MPE reporting (e.g. higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured and the prohibit timer (e.g. for upper layer parameter mpe-ProhibitTimer) is not running: PHR MAC CE may be triggered when the following events occur (UE may trigger PHR MAC CE in such cases):
The measured P-MPR applied to meet the MPE requirements of FR2 for at least one activated FR2 serving cell since the last transmission of PHR in the MAC entity is a threshold (e.g. , the threshold indicated by the upper layer parameter mpe-Threshold).
　実施形態４．１において、ＵＥに対して、ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが有効化され、かつ、２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することが有効化される場合には、当該ＵＥは、上記のトリガ条件について、以下の少なくとも１つに従ってもよい：
　・オプション４．１．１：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲを参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．１．２：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲを参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．１．３：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲのうち実際ＰＨＲである１つのＰＨＲの、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲを参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．１．４：上記「測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが閾値以上である」を「第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの両方の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが閾値以上である」と読み替える、
　・オプション４．１．５：上記「測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが閾値以上である」を「第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲのいずれか一方／少なくとも一方の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが閾値以上である」と読み替える、
　・オプション４．１．６：第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの両方の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲは常に同じであると想定する、
　・オプション４．１．７：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲに基づく値（例えば、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲの平均値）を参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．１．８：第２のＰＨＲ（の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ）について、上記閾値に関する追加のパラメータが設定される。例えば、第１のＰＨＲ（のＰ－ＭＰＲ）についての閾値には既存の上位レイヤパラメータ（例えば、mpe-Threshold）によって示される閾値を利用し、第２のＰＨＲ（の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ）についての閾値には、新しい上位レイヤパラメータ（例えば、mpe-Threshold2）によって示される閾値を利用する。なお、これらの閾値は逆であってもよい、
　・オプション４．１．９：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲのうち、大きい値を参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．１．１０：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲのうち、小さい値を参照する（用いる）。 In embodiment 4.1, if MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled for a UE and reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is enabled, the UE is configured to perform the above For trigger conditions, at least one of the following may be obeyed:
Option 4.1.1: refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the first PHR as the measured P-MPR;
Option 4.1.2: refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the second PHR as the measured P-MPR;
Option 4.1.3: refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of one PHR, which is actually the PHR, of the first PHR and the second PHR as the measured P-MPR;
Option 4.1.4: Replace the above "measured P-MPR is greater than or equal to the threshold" with "measured P-MPR of both the first PHR and the second PHR are greater than or equal to the threshold" ,
Option 4.1.5: The above "measured P-MPR is greater than or equal to the threshold" is changed to "either/at least one of the first PHR and the second PHR measured P-MPR is greater than or equal to the threshold is ",
Option 4.1.6: Assume that the measured P-MPR of both the first PHR and the second PHR are always the same,
Option 4.1.7: As the measured P-MPR, a value based on the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (e.g., the first PHR refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR),
• Option 4.1.8: For (the measured P-MPR of) the second PHR, an additional parameter is set for the above threshold. For example, the threshold for (the P-MPR of) the first PHR utilizes the threshold indicated by the existing upper layer parameter (eg, mpe-Threshold), and the threshold for (the measured P-MPR of) the second PHR For the threshold for , use the threshold indicated by the new upper layer parameter (eg, mpe-Threshold2). Note that these thresholds may be reversed.
Option 4.1.9: As the measured P-MPR, refer to the larger value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use ),
Option 4.1.10: As the measured P-MPR, refer to the smaller value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use ).
［実施形態４．２］
　実施形態４．２において、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Reporting-FR2）が設定され、かつ禁止タイマ（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-ProhibitTimerに関する）が起動していない場合には、以下のイベントが生じる場合にＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥがトリガされてもよい（ＵＥは、そのような場合にＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥをトリガしてもよい）：
　・ＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用される、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ（measured　P-MPR）が閾値（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータmpe-Thresholdによって示される閾値）以上であることに起因するＭＡＣエンティティにおけるＰＨＲの最後の送信以降に、少なくとも１つのアクティベートされたＦＲ２サービングセルについて、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ要件を満たすために適用される、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが特定の値（例えば、上位レイヤパラメータphr-Tx-PowerFactorChangeによって示される値）より大きく変動する。 [Embodiment 4.2]
In embodiment 4.2, if the FR2 MPE reporting (e.g. higher layer parameter mpe-Reporting-FR2) is configured and the prohibit timer (e.g. for upper layer parameter mpe-ProhibitTimer) is not running: PHR MAC CE may be triggered when the following events occur (UE may trigger PHR MAC CE in such cases):
PHR at the MAC entity due to the measured P-MPR being equal to or greater than a threshold (e.g. the threshold indicated by the higher layer parameter mpe-Threshold) applied to meet the MPE requirements Since the last transmission of , for at least one activated FR2 serving cell, the measured P-MPR applied to meet the MPE requirements of FR2 is a certain value (e.g., higher layer parameter phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange values indicated by ).
　実施形態４．２において、ＵＥに対して、ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが有効化され、かつ、２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することが有効化される場合には、当該ＵＥは、上記のトリガ条件について、以下の少なくとも１つに従ってもよい：
　・オプション４．２．１：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲを参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．２．２：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲを参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．２．３：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲのうち実際ＰＨＲである１つのＰＨＲの、測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲを参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．２．４：上記「測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが特定の値より大きく変動する」を「第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの両方の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが特定の値より大きく変動する」と読み替える、
　・オプション４．２．５：上記「測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが特定の値より大きく変動する」を「第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲのいずれか一方／少なくとも一方の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲが特定の値より大きく変動する」と読み替える、
　・オプション４．２．６：第１のＰＨＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの両方の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲは常に同じであると想定する、
　・オプション４．２．７：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲに基づく値（例えば、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲの平均値）を参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．２．８：第２のＰＨＲ（の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ）について、上記特定の値に関する追加のパラメータが設定される。例えば、第１のＰＨＲ（のＰ－ＭＰＲ）についての特定の値には既存の上位レイヤパラメータ（例えば、phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange）によって示される値を利用し、第２のＰＨＲ（の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ）についての特定の値には、新しい上位レイヤパラメータ（例えば、phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange2）によって示される値を利用する。なお、これらの特定の値は逆であってもよい、
　・オプション４．２．９：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲのうち、大きい値を参照する（用いる）、
　・オプション４．２．１０：上記測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲとして、第１のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲ及び第２のＰＨＲの測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲのうち、小さい値を参照する（用いる）。 In embodiment 4.2, if MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled for a UE and reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is enabled, then the UE performs the above For trigger conditions, at least one of the following may be obeyed:
Option 4.2.1: refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the first PHR as the measured P-MPR;
Option 4.2.2: refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of the second PHR as the measured P-MPR;
Option 4.2.3: refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of one PHR, which is actually the PHR, of the first PHR and the second PHR as the measured P-MPR;
Option 4.2.4: Replace "measured P-MPR varies more than a certain value" above with "measured P-MPR of both the first PHR and the second PHR change significantly,”
Option 4.2.5: Replace the above "measured P-MPR fluctuates more than a certain value" with "one of the first PHR and the second PHR / at least one of the measured P-MPR fluctuates more than a certain value,"
Option 4.2.6: Assume that the measured P-MPR of both the first PHR and the second PHR are always the same,
Option 4.2.7: As the measured P-MPR, a value based on the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (e.g., the first PHR refer to (use) the measured P-MPR of and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR);
• Option 4.2.8: For (the measured P-MPR of) the second PHR, an additional parameter is set for the above specified value. For example, the specific value for the first PHR (P-MPR) utilizes the value indicated by an existing upper layer parameter (eg, phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange), and the second PHR (the measured P-MPR) uses the value indicated by the new upper layer parameter (eg, phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange2). Note that these specific values may be reversed,
Option 4.2.9: As the measured P-MPR, refer to the larger value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use ),
Option 4.2.10: As the measured P-MPR, refer to the smaller value of the measured P-MPR of the first PHR and the measured P-MPR of the second PHR (use ).
［第４の実施形態の変形例］
　第４の実施形態における送信（例えば、ＰＨＲの送信）は、以下の少なくとも１つのケースに該当してもよい：
　・ケース１：送信は実際のＰＵＳＣＨ送信であり、かつ、Ｓ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ送信である、
　・ケース２：送信は実際のＰＵＳＣＨ送信であり、かつ、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ送信である、
　・ケース３：送信は仮想ＰＵＳＣＨ送信（参照ＰＵＳＣＨ送信）である。 [Modification of the fourth embodiment]
Transmission (eg, transmission of PHR) in the fourth embodiment may fall under at least one of the following cases:
- Case 1: the transmission is an actual PUSCH transmission and is an S-TRP PUSCH transmission;
- Case 2: the transmission is an actual PUSCH transmission and is an M-TRP PUSCH transmission;
- Case 3: The transmission is a virtual PUSCH transmission (reference PUSCH transmission).
　上記ケース１は、１つのＳＲＩフィールド／ＴＰＭＩフィールド／ＳＲＳリソースセット／電力制御パラメータセットが適用されることで読み替えられてもよいし、ＰＵＳＣＨをスケジュールするＤＣＩに含まれる動的なＳ－ＴＲＰ／Ｍ－ＴＲＰスイッチングフィールドがＳ－ＴＲＰを示す（例えば、Ｒｅｌ．１７で規定されるＳＲＳリソースセットインディケーターフィールドの値が０又は１を示す）ことで読み替えられてもよい。 Case 1 above may be rewritten by applying one SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set, or dynamic S-TRP/M included in DCI that schedules PUSCH. -TRP switching field may be replaced by indicating S-TRP (for example, the value of the SRS resource set indicator field specified in Rel.17 indicates 0 or 1).
　なお、ケース１は、以下の少なくとも１つを含んでもよい：
　・ケース１－１：Ｓ－ＴＲＰがＴＲＰ１である（第１のＳＲＳリソースセットが適用される、又は、上記ＳＲＳリソースセットインディケーターフィールドの値が０を示す）、
　・ケース１－２：Ｓ－ＴＲＰがＴＲＰ２である（第２のＳＲＳリソースセットが適用される、又は、上記ＳＲＳリソースセットインディケーターフィールドの値が１を示す）。 Note that Case 1 may include at least one of the following:
Case 1-1: the S-TRP is TRP1 (the first SRS resource set is applied, or the value of the SRS resource set indicator field indicates 0);
Case 1-2: the S-TRP is TRP2 (the second SRS resource set is applied or the value of the SRS resource set indicator field indicates 1).
　ケース１－１及び１－２は、区別されてもよいし、区別されなくてもよい。 Cases 1-1 and 1-2 may or may not be distinguished.
　上記ケース２は、２つのＳＲＩフィールド／ＴＰＭＩフィールド／ＳＲＳリソースセット／電力制御パラメータセットが適用されることで読み替えられてもよいし、ＰＵＳＣＨをスケジュールするＤＣＩに含まれる動的なＳ－ＴＲＰ／Ｍ－ＴＲＰスイッチングフィールドがＭ－ＴＲＰを示す（例えば、Ｒｅｌ．１７で規定されるＳＲＳリソースセットインディケーターフィールドの値が２又は３を示す）ことで読み替えられてもよい。 Case 2 above may be rewritten by applying two SRI fields/TPMI fields/SRS resource sets/power control parameter sets, or dynamic S-TRP/M included in DCI that schedules PUSCH. -TRP switching field may be replaced by indicating M-TRP (for example, the value of the SRS resource set indicator field defined in Rel.17 indicates 2 or 3).
　なお、ケース２は、以下の少なくとも１つを含んでもよい：
　・ケース２－１：Ｍ－ＴＲＰ（Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ）の順番が｛ＴＲＰ１、ＴＲＰ２｝である（第１の繰り返しが第１のＴＲＰ／ＳＲＳリソースセット／ＳＲＩフィールドに関連する、又は、上記ＳＲＳリソースセットインディケーターフィールドの値が２を示す）、
　・ケース２－２：Ｍ－ＴＲＰ（Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ）の順番が｛ＴＲＰ２、ＴＲＰ１｝である（第１の繰り返しが第２のＴＲＰ／ＳＲＳリソースセット／ＳＲＩフィールドに関連する、又は、上記ＳＲＳリソースセットインディケーターフィールドの値が３を示す）。 Note that Case 2 may include at least one of the following:
Case 2-1: The order of M-TRP (M-TRP PUSCH) is {TRP1, TRP2} (the first iteration is associated with the first TRP/SRS resource set/SRI field, or resource set indicator field value indicates 2),
Case 2-2: The order of M-TRP (M-TRP PUSCH) is {TRP2, TRP1} (the first iteration is associated with the second TRP/SRS resource set/SRI field, or The value of the resource set indicator field indicates 3).
　ケース２－１及び２－２は、区別されてもよいし、区別されなくてもよい。 Cases 2-1 and 2-2 may or may not be distinguished.
　第４の実施形態における、ＰＨＲの最後の送信と、（現在の）測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲに基づいてトリガされるＰＨＲの送信と、はそれぞれ上記の異なるケースに該当してもよいし、同じケースに該当してもよい。例えば、ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの最後の送信がケース１（／１－１／１－２）／２（／２－１／２－２）／３に該当し、現在の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲに基づいてトリガされるＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥの送信がケース１（／１－１／１－２）／２（／２－１／２－２）／３に該当してもよい。 The final transmission of PHR and the transmission of PHR triggered based on the (current) measured P-MPR in the fourth embodiment may correspond to the above different cases respectively, or the same may apply to the case. For example, the last transmission of PHR MAC CE corresponds to case 1 (/1-1/1-2)/2 (/2-1/2-2)/3 and based on the current measured P-MPR The transmission of the PHR MAC CE triggered by this may fall under case 1 (/1-1/1-2)/2 (/2-1/2-2)/3.
　なお、第４の実施形態における、「ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが有効化され、かつ、２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲを報告することが有効化される場合」は、「ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しと、２つのＴＲＰのための２つのＰＨＲの報告と、の少なくとも一方が有効化される場合」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the fourth embodiment, "when MTRP PUSCH repetition is enabled and reporting two PHRs for two TRPs is enabled" means "MTRP PUSCH repetition and two two PHR reports for TRP, and at least one of which is enabled".
＜その他＞
　上述の実施形態の少なくとも１つは、あるサービングセルについてＳＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し、又は単一の送信（single　transmission）（言い換えると、繰り返しなしのＰＵＳＣＨ送信）がＤＣＩによって指定される場合に適用されてもよいし、あるサービングセルについてＤＣＩによってＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが指定される場合に適用されてもよい。 <Others>
At least one of the above embodiments may be applied when STRP PUSCH repetition or single transmission (in other words, PUSCH transmission without repetition) is specified by DCI for a serving cell. , may be applied when MTRP PUSCH repetition is specified by the DCI for a serving cell.
　なお、各実施形態において、「ＰＨＲを報告する」ことは、「ＤＣＩによってＳＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し／単一の送信／ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しが指定されるサービングセルに関して、ＰＨＲを報告する」ことを意味してもよい。なお、本開示において、報告されるＰＨＲは、タイプ１ＰＨであってもよいし、他のタイプのＰＨであってもよい。 Note that, in each embodiment, "reporting the PHR" may mean "reporting the PHR for the serving cell for which the DCI designates STRP PUSCH repetition/single transmission/MTRP PUSCH repetition". . Note that in the present disclosure, the PHR reported may be Type 1 PH or other types of PH.
　なお、各実施形態において登場する第１のＰＨ（第１のＰＨフィールドによって示されるＰＨ）及び第２のＰＨ（第２のＰＨフィールドによって示されるＰＨ）は、以下の少なくとも１つのケースに該当してもよい：
　・ケースＡ：第１のＰＨは実際ＰＨであり、第２のＰＨは実際ＰＨである、
　・ケースＢ：第１のＰＨは実際ＰＨであり、第２のＰＨは仮想ＰＨである、
　・ケースＣ：第１のＰＨは仮想ＰＨであり、第２のＰＨは仮想ＰＨである、
　・ケースＤ：第１のＰＨは仮想ＰＨであり、第２のＰＨは実際ＰＨである。 The first PH (PH indicated by the first PH field) and the second PH (PH indicated by the second PH field) appearing in each embodiment correspond to at least one of the following cases. may be:
- Case A: the first PH is an actual PH and the second PH is an actual PH;
- Case B: the first PH is a real PH and the second PH is a virtual PH;
- Case C: the first PH is a virtual PH and the second PH is a virtual PH,
• Case D: the first PH is a virtual PH and the second PH is a real PH.
　第４の実施形態における、最後に送信されたＰＨＲと、（現在の）測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲに基づいてトリガされるＰＨＲと、はそれぞれ上記の異なるケースに該当してもよいし、同じケースに該当してもよい。例えば、最後に送信されたＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに含まれる２つのＰＨがケースＡ／Ｂ／Ｃ／Ｄに該当し、現在の測定されたＰ－ＭＰＲに基づいてトリガされるＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに含まれる２つのＰＨがケースＡ／Ｂ／Ｃ／Ｄに該当してもよい。 The last transmitted PHR and the triggered PHR based on the (current) measured P-MPR in the fourth embodiment may correspond to the different cases above, respectively, or the same case. may correspond to For example, the 2 PHs included in the last transmitted PHR MAC CE fall under cases A/B/C/D, and the 2 included in the PHR MAC CE triggered based on the current measured P-MPR PH may fall under cases A/B/C/D.
　なお、第１のＰＨ及び第２のＰＨは、１つのＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに含まれて報告されてもよいし、それぞれ別々の（複数の）ＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥに含まれて報告されてもよい。 It should be noted that the first PH and the second PH may be reported in one PHR MAC CE, or may be reported in separate (multiple) PHR MAC CEs.
　本開示において、第１のＰＨは、第１のＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し（最も早いＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し）のＰＨを意味してもよい。 In the present disclosure, the first PH may mean the PH of the first PUSCH iteration (the earliest PUSCH iteration).
　本開示において、第１のＰＨは、第１のＳＲＩフィールド／ＴＰＭＩフィールド／ＳＲＳリソースセット／電力制御パラメータセット／ＴＲＰに関連するＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し（又は第１のＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し又は最も早いＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し）のＰＨを意味してもよい。 In this disclosure, the first PH is the PH of the PUSCH repetition (or the first PUSCH repetition or the earliest PUSCH repetition) associated with the first SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP. may mean.
　本開示において、第２のＰＨは、第１のＰＨとは異なるＴＲＰのＰＨを意味してもよい。 In the present disclosure, the second PH may mean a PH of TRP that is different from the first PH.
　本開示において、第２のＰＨは、第２のＳＲＩフィールド／ＴＰＭＩフィールド／ＳＲＳリソースセット／電力制御パラメータセット／ＴＲＰに関連するＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し（又は第１／第２のＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し又は最も早い／遅いＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返し）のＰＨを意味してもよい。なお、第２のＳＲＩフィールド／ＴＰＭＩフィールド／ＳＲＳリソースセット／電力制御パラメータセット／ＴＲＰは、第１のＳＲＩフィールド／ＴＰＭＩフィールド／ＳＲＳリソースセット／電力制御パラメータセット／ＴＲＰと異なる。 In this disclosure, the second PH uses the second SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP related PUSCH repetition (or first/second PUSCH repetition or earliest/latest PUSCH repeat). Note that the second SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP is different from the first SRI field/TPMI field/SRS resource set/power control parameter set/TRP.
　本開示において、第１／第２のＰＨ（ＰＨＲ）の（適用される）Ｐ－ＭＰＲは、第１／第２のＰＨ（ＰＨＲ）の対応するＰＵＳＣＨ送信の（適用される）Ｐ－ＭＰＲを意味してもよい。 In this disclosure, the (applied) P-MPR of the first/second PH (PHR) is the (applied) P-MPR of the corresponding PUSCH transmission of the first/second PH (PHR) may mean.
　本開示において、ＵＥは、複数のパネル（ＵＬパネル、ＵＬ送信に利用できるパネル）を有してもよい。なお、本開示において、パネル、ＵＥアンテナグループ、ＵＥアンテナポートグループ、ＵＥ能力値、ＵＥ能力値セットは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、複数のパネルは、異なるアンテナポート数、異なるＳＲＳポート数、異なるレイヤ数、異なるビーム数、異なる送信電力、異なる等価等方放射電力（Equivalent　Isotopically　Radiated　Power（ＥＩＲＰ））をサポートしてもよい（言い換えると、異なるパネルは、これらのパラメータ（要素）が異なる送信／受信を行ってもよい）。 In the present disclosure, the UE may have multiple panels (UL panels, panels available for UL transmission). In addition, in the present disclosure, panels, UE antenna groups, UE antenna port groups, UE capability values, and UE capability value sets may be read interchangeably. Multiple panels may also support different numbers of antenna ports, different numbers of SRS ports, different numbers of layers, different numbers of beams, different transmit powers, different Equivalent Isotopically Radiated Power (EIRP). (In other words, different panels may transmit/receive these parameters (elements) differently).
　複数のパネルをサポートするＵＥ及び複数のパネルをサポートしないＵＥは、上述の第１／第２／第３／第４の実施形態の異なるオプション（態様／構成／制御）を適用されてもよい。 A UE that supports multiple panels and a UE that does not support multiple panels may be applied with different options (aspects/configurations/controls) of the first/second/third/fourth embodiments described above.
　また、ＭＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しの２つのＰＨＲ／２つのＴＲＰ／２つのビーム（ＳＲＳリソースセット／ＳＲＩ／ＳＲＩフィールド）が同じパネルに関連する場合と、これらが異なるパネルに関連する場合と、で上述の第１／第２／第３／第４の実施形態の異なるオプション（態様／構成／制御）を適用されてもよい。例えば、同じパネルについての２つのＰＨフィールドを報告するＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥと、異なるパネルについての２つのＰＨフィールドを報告するＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥと、は異なる構成を有してもよい。 Also, in the case where two PHRs/two TRPs/two beams (SRS resource set/SRI/SRI field) of MTRP PUSCH repetition are related to the same panel, and when they are related to different panels, the above-mentioned Different options (aspects/configurations/controls) of the first/second/third/fourth embodiments may be applied. For example, a PHR MAC CE reporting two PH fields for the same panel and a PHR MAC CE reporting two PH fields for a different panel may have different configurations.
　なお、ＭＰＥ報告は、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ向けのＰＨＲ報告と一緒にサポートされなくてもよい。例えば、ＵＥは、あるサービングセルについて、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しと、２つのＴＲＰへのＰＵＳＣＨのための２つのＰＨＲと、の少なくとも一方が設定／サポート／有効化される場合には、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告が設定されることを予期しなくてもよい。 Note that MPE reporting may not be supported together with PHR reporting for M-TRP. For example, the UE, for a serving cell, M-TRP PUSCH repetition and two PHR for PUSCH to two TRP, if at least one of is configured / supported / enabled, FR2 MPE reporting may not be expected to be set.
　また、例えば、ＵＥは、あるサービングセルについて、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しと、２つのＴＲＰへのＰＵＳＣＨのための２つのＰＨＲと、の少なくとも一方が設定／サポート／有効化される場合には、ＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告の設定を無視してもよいし、受信した設定情報（実際の設定）に関わらずＦＲ２のＭＰＥ報告が設定されないと想定してもよい。 Also, for example, the UE, for a certain serving cell, M-TRP PUSCH repetition and two PHRs for PUSCH to two TRP, at least one of is configured / supported / enabled, FR2 of The setting of MPE reporting may be ignored, or it may be assumed that FR2 MPE reporting is not set regardless of the received configuration information (actual configuration).
　なお、上述の実施形態の少なくとも１つは、特定のＵＥ能力（UE　capability）を報告した又は当該特定のＵＥ能力をサポートするＵＥに対してのみ適用されてもよい。 It should be noted that at least one of the above-described embodiments may be applied only to UEs that report specific UE capabilities or support the specific UE capabilities.
　当該特定のＵＥ能力は、以下の少なくとも１つを示してもよい：
　・マルチＴＲＰのＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しをサポートするか否か、
　・（サービングセルにつき）２つのＰＨ／ＰＣＭＡＸ／Ｐ／ＭＰＥフィールド（を含むＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ）をサポートするか否か、
　・２つのＴＲＰへのＰＵＳＣＨのための２つのＰＨＲをサポートするか否か、
　・ＭＰＥ報告をサポートするか否か、
　・ＭＰＥ報告を、Ｍ－ＴＲＰ　ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しと、２つのＴＲＰへのＰＵＳＣＨのための２つのＰＨＲと、の少なくとも一方と一緒にサポートするか否か。 The specific UE capabilities may indicate at least one of the following:
Whether or not to support PUSCH repetition of multi-TRP;
Whether to support two PH/P CMAX /P/MPE fields (including PHR MAC CE) (per serving cell);
Whether to support two PHRs for PUSCH to two TRPs;
whether to support MPE reporting;
• Whether to support MPE reporting with M-TRP PUSCH repetition and/or two PHRs for PUSCH to two TRPs.
　なお、上記特定のＵＥ能力は、サービングセル／ＢＷＰ／ＦＲごとに決定されてもよい。 Note that the specific UE capability may be determined for each serving cell/BWP/FR.
　また、上述の実施形態の少なくとも１つは、ＵＥが上位レイヤシグナリングによって上述の実施形態に関連する特定の情報を設定された場合に適用されてもよい（設定されない場合は、例えばＲｅｌ．１５／１６の動作を適用する）。例えば、当該特定の情報は、マルチＴＲＰのＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しを有効化することを示す情報、複数のＰＨ／ＰＣＭＡＸ／Ｐ／ＭＰＥフィールド（を含むＰＨＲ　ＭＡＣ　ＣＥ）を有効化する／設定することを示す情報、特定のリリース（例えば、Ｒｅｌ．１７、１８）向けの任意のＲＲＣパラメータなどであってもよい。また、上述のどの実施形態／ケース／条件に基づいてＰＨＲの制御を行うかについて、ＵＥは上位レイヤパラメータを用いて設定されてもよい。 Also, at least one of the above embodiments may be applied if the UE is configured with specific information related to the above embodiments by higher layer signaling (if not configured, for example Rel. 15/ 16 operations apply). For example, the specific information indicates to enable/set multiple PH/P CMAX /P/MPE fields (including PHR MAC CE), information indicating to enable multi-TRP PUSCH repetition. Information, arbitrary RRC parameters for a specific release (eg, Rel. 17, 18), etc. In addition, the UE may be configured using higher layer parameters as to which embodiment/case/condition described above is used to control the PHR.
　なお、上述の実施形態は、ＰＵＳＣＨ繰り返しタイプＡ／タイプＢが利用される場合に適用されてもよい。 Note that the above-described embodiment may be applied when PUSCH repetition type A/type B is used.
　なお、上述の実施形態は、ＭＴＲＰ繰り返しの特定のマッピングパターン（巡回（cyclical）、連続（sequential）、等分（half-half）など）が利用される場合に適用されてもよい。 Note that the above-described embodiments may be applied when a specific mapping pattern of MTRP repetitions (cyclical, sequential, half-half, etc.) is used.
（無線通信システム）
　以下、本開示の一実施形態に係る無線通信システムの構成について説明する。この無線通信システムでは、本開示の上記各実施形態に係る無線通信方法のいずれか又はこれらの組み合わせを用いて通信が行われる。 (wireless communication system)
A configuration of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described below. In this radio communication system, communication is performed using any one of the radio communication methods according to the above embodiments of the present disclosure or a combination thereof.
　図７は、一実施形態に係る無線通信システムの概略構成の一例を示す図である。無線通信システム１は、Third　Generation　Partnership　Project（３ＧＰＰ）によって仕様化されるLong　Term　Evolution（ＬＴＥ）、5th　generation　mobile　communication　system　New　Radio（５Ｇ　ＮＲ）などを用いて通信を実現するシステムであってもよい。 FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a wireless communication system according to one embodiment. The wireless communication system 1 may be a system that realizes communication using Long Term Evolution (LTE), 5th generation mobile communication system New Radio (5G NR), etc. specified by the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). .
　また、無線通信システム１は、複数のRadio　Access　Technology（ＲＡＴ）間のデュアルコネクティビティ（マルチＲＡＴデュアルコネクティビティ（Multi-RAT　Dual　Connectivity（ＭＲ－ＤＣ）））をサポートしてもよい。ＭＲ－ＤＣは、ＬＴＥ（Evolved　Universal　Terrestrial　Radio　Access（Ｅ－ＵＴＲＡ））とＮＲとのデュアルコネクティビティ（E-UTRA-NR　Dual　Connectivity（ＥＮ－ＤＣ））、ＮＲとＬＴＥとのデュアルコネクティビティ（NR-E-UTRA　Dual　Connectivity（ＮＥ－ＤＣ））などを含んでもよい。 The wireless communication system 1 may also support dual connectivity between multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) (Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity (MR-DC)). MR-DC is dual connectivity between LTE (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)) and NR (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity (EN-DC)), dual connectivity between NR and LTE (NR-E -UTRA Dual Connectivity (NE-DC)), etc. may be included.
　ＥＮ－ＤＣでは、ＬＴＥ（Ｅ－ＵＴＲＡ）の基地局（ｅＮＢ）がマスタノード（Master　Node（ＭＮ））であり、ＮＲの基地局（ｇＮＢ）がセカンダリノード（Secondary　Node（ＳＮ））である。ＮＥ－ＤＣでは、ＮＲの基地局（ｇＮＢ）がＭＮであり、ＬＴＥ（Ｅ－ＵＴＲＡ）の基地局（ｅＮＢ）がＳＮである。 In EN-DC, the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the master node (MN), and the NR base station (gNB) is the secondary node (SN). In NE-DC, the NR base station (gNB) is the MN, and the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the SN.
　無線通信システム１は、同一のＲＡＴ内の複数の基地局間のデュアルコネクティビティ（例えば、ＭＮ及びＳＮの双方がＮＲの基地局（ｇＮＢ）であるデュアルコネクティビティ（NR-NR　Dual　Connectivity（ＮＮ－ＤＣ）））をサポートしてもよい。 The wireless communication system 1 has dual connectivity between multiple base stations within the same RAT (for example, dual connectivity (NR-NR Dual Connectivity (NN-DC) in which both MN and SN are NR base stations (gNB) )) may be supported.
　無線通信システム１は、比較的カバレッジの広いマクロセルＣ１を形成する基地局１１と、マクロセルＣ１内に配置され、マクロセルＣ１よりも狭いスモールセルＣ２を形成する基地局１２（１２ａ－１２ｃ）と、を備えてもよい。ユーザ端末２０は、少なくとも１つのセル内に位置してもよい。各セル及びユーザ端末２０の配置、数などは、図に示す態様に限定されない。以下、基地局１１及び１２を区別しない場合は、基地局１０と総称する。 A wireless communication system 1 includes a base station 11 forming a macrocell C1 with a relatively wide coverage, and base stations 12 (12a-12c) arranged in the macrocell C1 and forming a small cell C2 narrower than the macrocell C1. You may prepare. A user terminal 20 may be located within at least one cell. The arrangement, number, etc. of each cell and user terminals 20 are not limited to the embodiment shown in the figure. Hereinafter, the base stations 11 and 12 are collectively referred to as the base station 10 when not distinguished.
　ユーザ端末２０は、複数の基地局１０のうち、少なくとも１つに接続してもよい。ユーザ端末２０は、複数のコンポーネントキャリア（Component　Carrier（ＣＣ））を用いたキャリアアグリゲーション（Carrier　Aggregation（ＣＡ））及びデュアルコネクティビティ（ＤＣ）の少なくとも一方を利用してもよい。 The user terminal 20 may connect to at least one of the multiple base stations 10 . The user terminal 20 may utilize at least one of carrier aggregation (CA) using a plurality of component carriers (CC) and dual connectivity (DC).
　各ＣＣは、第１の周波数帯（Frequency　Range　1（ＦＲ１））及び第２の周波数帯（Frequency　Range　2（ＦＲ２））の少なくとも１つに含まれてもよい。マクロセルＣ１はＦＲ１に含まれてもよいし、スモールセルＣ２はＦＲ２に含まれてもよい。例えば、ＦＲ１は、６ＧＨｚ以下の周波数帯（サブ６ＧＨｚ（sub-6GHz））であってもよいし、ＦＲ２は、２４ＧＨｚよりも高い周波数帯（above-24GHz）であってもよい。なお、ＦＲ１及びＦＲ２の周波数帯、定義などはこれらに限られず、例えばＦＲ１がＦＲ２よりも高い周波数帯に該当してもよい。 Each CC may be included in at least one of the first frequency band (Frequency Range 1 (FR1)) and the second frequency band (Frequency Range 2 (FR2)). Macrocell C1 may be included in FR1, and small cell C2 may be included in FR2. For example, FR1 may be a frequency band below 6 GHz (sub-6 GHz), and FR2 may be a frequency band above 24 GHz (above-24 GHz). Note that the frequency bands and definitions of FR1 and FR2 are not limited to these, and for example, FR1 may correspond to a higher frequency band than FR2.
　また、ユーザ端末２０は、各ＣＣにおいて、時分割複信（Time　Division　Duplex（ＴＤＤ））及び周波数分割複信（Frequency　Division　Duplex（ＦＤＤ））の少なくとも１つを用いて通信を行ってもよい。 Also, the user terminal 20 may communicate using at least one of Time Division Duplex (TDD) and Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) in each CC.
　複数の基地局１０は、有線（例えば、Common　Public　Radio　Interface（ＣＰＲＩ）に準拠した光ファイバ、Ｘ２インターフェースなど）又は無線（例えば、ＮＲ通信）によって接続されてもよい。例えば、基地局１１及び１２間においてＮＲ通信がバックホールとして利用される場合、上位局に該当する基地局１１はIntegrated　Access　Backhaul（ＩＡＢ）ドナー、中継局（リレー）に該当する基地局１２はＩＡＢノードと呼ばれてもよい。 A plurality of base stations 10 may be connected by wire (for example, an optical fiber conforming to Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI), X2 interface, etc.) or wirelessly (for example, NR communication). For example, when NR communication is used as a backhaul between the base stations 11 and 12, the base station 11 corresponding to the upper station is an Integrated Access Backhaul (IAB) donor, and the base station 12 corresponding to the relay station (relay) is an IAB Also called a node.
　基地局１０は、他の基地局１０を介して、又は直接コアネットワーク３０に接続されてもよい。コアネットワーク３０は、例えば、Evolved　Packet　Core（ＥＰＣ）、5G　Core　Network（５ＧＣＮ）、Next　Generation　Core（ＮＧＣ）などの少なくとも１つを含んでもよい。 The base station 10 may be connected to the core network 30 directly or via another base station 10 . The core network 30 may include, for example, at least one of Evolved Packet Core (EPC), 5G Core Network (5GCN), Next Generation Core (NGC), and the like.
　ユーザ端末２０は、ＬＴＥ、ＬＴＥ－Ａ、５Ｇなどの通信方式の少なくとも１つに対応した端末であってもよい。 The user terminal 20 may be a terminal compatible with at least one of communication schemes such as LTE, LTE-A, and 5G.
　無線通信システム１においては、直交周波数分割多重（Orthogonal　Frequency　Division　Multiplexing（ＯＦＤＭ））ベースの無線アクセス方式が利用されてもよい。例えば、下りリンク（Downlink（ＤＬ））及び上りリンク（Uplink（ＵＬ））の少なくとも一方において、Cyclic　Prefix　OFDM（ＣＰ－ＯＦＤＭ）、Discrete　Fourier　Transform　Spread　OFDM（ＤＦＴ－ｓ－ＯＦＤＭ）、Orthogonal　Frequency　Division　Multiple　Access（ＯＦＤＭＡ）、Single　Carrier　Frequency　Division　Multiple　Access（ＳＣ－ＦＤＭＡ）などが利用されてもよい。 In the radio communication system 1, a radio access scheme based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) may be used. For example, in at least one of Downlink (DL) and Uplink (UL), Cyclic Prefix OFDM (CP-OFDM), Discrete Fourier Transform Spread OFDM (DFT-s-OFDM), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA), Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA), etc. may be used.
　無線アクセス方式は、波形（waveform）と呼ばれてもよい。なお、無線通信システム１においては、ＵＬ及びＤＬの無線アクセス方式には、他の無線アクセス方式（例えば、他のシングルキャリア伝送方式、他のマルチキャリア伝送方式）が用いられてもよい。 A radio access method may be called a waveform. Note that in the radio communication system 1, other radio access schemes (for example, other single-carrier transmission schemes and other multi-carrier transmission schemes) may be used as the UL and DL radio access schemes.
　無線通信システム１では、下りリンクチャネルとして、各ユーザ端末２０で共有される下り共有チャネル（Physical　Downlink　Shared　Channel（ＰＤＳＣＨ））、ブロードキャストチャネル（Physical　Broadcast　Channel（ＰＢＣＨ））、下り制御チャネル（Physical　Downlink　Control　Channel（ＰＤＣＣＨ））などが用いられてもよい。 In the radio communication system 1, as downlink channels, a downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH)) shared by each user terminal 20, a broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH)), a downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)) or the like may be used.
　また、無線通信システム１では、上りリンクチャネルとして、各ユーザ端末２０で共有される上り共有チャネル（Physical　Uplink　Shared　Channel（ＰＵＳＣＨ））、上り制御チャネル（Physical　Uplink　Control　Channel（ＰＵＣＣＨ））、ランダムアクセスチャネル（Physical　Random　Access　Channel（ＰＲＡＣＨ））などが用いられてもよい。 In the radio communication system 1, as uplink channels, an uplink shared channel (PUSCH) shared by each user terminal 20, an uplink control channel (PUCCH), a random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH)) or the like may be used.
　ＰＤＳＣＨによって、ユーザデータ、上位レイヤ制御情報、System　Information　Block（ＳＩＢ）などが伝送される。ＰＵＳＣＨによって、ユーザデータ、上位レイヤ制御情報などが伝送されてもよい。また、ＰＢＣＨによって、Master　Information　Block（ＭＩＢ）が伝送されてもよい。 User data, upper layer control information, System Information Block (SIB), etc. are transmitted by the PDSCH. User data, higher layer control information, and the like may be transmitted by PUSCH. Also, a Master Information Block (MIB) may be transmitted by the PBCH.
　ＰＤＣＣＨによって、下位レイヤ制御情報が伝送されてもよい。下位レイヤ制御情報は、例えば、ＰＤＳＣＨ及びＰＵＳＣＨの少なくとも一方のスケジューリング情報を含む下り制御情報（Downlink　Control　Information（ＤＣＩ））を含んでもよい。 Lower layer control information may be transmitted by the PDCCH. The lower layer control information may include, for example, downlink control information (DCI) including scheduling information for at least one of PDSCH and PUSCH.
　なお、ＰＤＳＣＨをスケジューリングするＤＣＩは、ＤＬアサインメント、ＤＬ　ＤＣＩなどと呼ばれてもよいし、ＰＵＳＣＨをスケジューリングするＤＣＩは、ＵＬグラント、ＵＬ　ＤＣＩなどと呼ばれてもよい。なお、ＰＤＳＣＨはＤＬデータで読み替えられてもよいし、ＰＵＳＣＨはＵＬデータで読み替えられてもよい。 The DCI that schedules PDSCH may be called DL assignment, DL DCI, etc., and the DCI that schedules PUSCH may be called UL grant, UL DCI, etc. PDSCH may be replaced with DL data, and PUSCH may be replaced with UL data.
　ＰＤＣＣＨの検出には、制御リソースセット（COntrol　REsource　SET（ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴ））及びサーチスペース（search　space）が利用されてもよい。ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴは、ＤＣＩをサーチするリソースに対応する。サーチスペースは、ＰＤＣＣＨ候補（PDCCH　candidates）のサーチ領域及びサーチ方法に対応する。１つのＣＯＲＥＳＥＴは、１つ又は複数のサーチスペースに関連付けられてもよい。ＵＥは、サーチスペース設定に基づいて、あるサーチスペースに関連するＣＯＲＥＳＥＴをモニタしてもよい。 A control resource set (CControl Resource SET (CORESET)) and a search space (search space) may be used for PDCCH detection. CORESET corresponds to a resource searching for DCI. The search space corresponds to the search area and search method of PDCCH candidates. A CORESET may be associated with one or more search spaces. The UE may monitor CORESETs associated with certain search spaces based on the search space settings.
　１つのサーチスペースは、１つ又は複数のアグリゲーションレベル（aggregation　Level）に該当するＰＤＣＣＨ候補に対応してもよい。１つ又は複数のサーチスペースは、サーチスペースセットと呼ばれてもよい。なお、本開示の「サーチスペース」、「サーチスペースセット」、「サーチスペース設定」、「サーチスペースセット設定」、「ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴ」、「ＣＯＲＥＳＥＴ設定」などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 One search space may correspond to PDCCH candidates corresponding to one or more aggregation levels. One or more search spaces may be referred to as a search space set. Note that "search space", "search space set", "search space setting", "search space set setting", "CORESET", "CORESET setting", etc. in the present disclosure may be read interchangeably.
　ＰＵＣＣＨによって、チャネル状態情報（Channel　State　Information（ＣＳＩ））、送達確認情報（例えば、Hybrid　Automatic　Repeat　reQuest　ACKnowledgement（ＨＡＲＱ－ＡＣＫ）、ＡＣＫ／ＮＡＣＫなどと呼ばれてもよい）及びスケジューリングリクエスト（Scheduling　Request（ＳＲ））の少なくとも１つを含む上り制御情報（Uplink　Control　Information（ＵＣＩ））が伝送されてもよい。ＰＲＡＣＨによって、セルとの接続確立のためのランダムアクセスプリアンブルが伝送されてもよい。 By PUCCH, channel state information (CSI), acknowledgment information (for example, Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK), ACK/NACK, etc.) and scheduling request (Scheduling Request ( SR)) may be transmitted. A random access preamble for connection establishment with a cell may be transmitted by the PRACH.
　なお、本開示において下りリンク、上りリンクなどは「リンク」を付けずに表現されてもよい。また、各種チャネルの先頭に「物理（Physical）」を付けずに表現されてもよい。 In addition, in the present disclosure, downlink, uplink, etc. may be expressed without adding "link". Also, various channels may be expressed without adding "Physical" to the head.
　無線通信システム１では、同期信号（Synchronization　Signal（ＳＳ））、下りリンク参照信号（Downlink　Reference　Signal（ＤＬ－ＲＳ））などが伝送されてもよい。無線通信システム１では、ＤＬ－ＲＳとして、セル固有参照信号（Cell-specific　Reference　Signal（ＣＲＳ））、チャネル状態情報参照信号（Channel　State　Information　Reference　Signal（ＣＳＩ－ＲＳ））、復調用参照信号（DeModulation　Reference　Signal（ＤＭＲＳ））、位置決定参照信号（Positioning　Reference　Signal（ＰＲＳ））、位相トラッキング参照信号（Phase　Tracking　Reference　Signal（ＰＴＲＳ））などが伝送されてもよい。 In the wireless communication system 1, synchronization signals (SS), downlink reference signals (DL-RS), etc. may be transmitted. In the radio communication system 1, the DL-RS includes a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS)), Positioning Reference Signal (PRS)), Phase Tracking Reference Signal (PTRS)), etc. may be transmitted.
　同期信号は、例えば、プライマリ同期信号（Primary　Synchronization　Signal（ＰＳＳ））及びセカンダリ同期信号（Secondary　Synchronization　Signal（ＳＳＳ））の少なくとも１つであってもよい。ＳＳ（ＰＳＳ、ＳＳＳ）及びＰＢＣＨ（及びＰＢＣＨ用のＤＭＲＳ）を含む信号ブロックは、ＳＳ／ＰＢＣＨブロック、SS　Block（ＳＳＢ）などと呼ばれてもよい。なお、ＳＳ、ＳＳＢなども、参照信号と呼ばれてもよい。 The synchronization signal may be, for example, at least one of a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) and a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS). A signal block including SS (PSS, SSS) and PBCH (and DMRS for PBCH) may be called SS/PBCH block, SS Block (SSB), and so on. Note that SS, SSB, etc. may also be referred to as reference signals.
　また、無線通信システム１では、上りリンク参照信号（Uplink　Reference　Signal（ＵＬ－ＲＳ））として、測定用参照信号（Sounding　Reference　Signal（ＳＲＳ））、復調用参照信号（ＤＭＲＳ）などが伝送されてもよい。なお、ＤＭＲＳはユーザ端末固有参照信号（UE-specific　Reference　Signal）と呼ばれてもよい。 Also, in the radio communication system 1, even if measurement reference signals (SRS), demodulation reference signals (DMRS), etc. are transmitted as uplink reference signals (UL-RS), good. Note that DMRS may also be called a user terminal-specific reference signal (UE-specific reference signal).
（基地局）
　図８は、一実施形態に係る基地局の構成の一例を示す図である。基地局１０は、制御部１１０、送受信部１２０、送受信アンテナ１３０及び伝送路インターフェース（transmission　line　interface）１４０を備えている。なお、制御部１１０、送受信部１２０及び送受信アンテナ１３０及び伝送路インターフェース１４０は、それぞれ１つ以上が備えられてもよい。 (base station)
FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a base station according to one embodiment. The base station 10 comprises a control section 110 , a transmission/reception section 120 , a transmission/reception antenna 130 and a transmission line interface 140 . One or more of each of the control unit 110, the transmitting/receiving unit 120, the transmitting/receiving antenna 130, and the transmission path interface 140 may be provided.
　なお、本例では、本実施の形態における特徴部分の機能ブロックを主に示しており、基地局１０は、無線通信に必要な他の機能ブロックも有すると想定されてもよい。以下で説明する各部の処理の一部は、省略されてもよい。 It should be noted that this example mainly shows the functional blocks of the features of the present embodiment, and it may be assumed that the base station 10 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. A part of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
　制御部１１０は、基地局１０全体の制御を実施する。制御部１１０は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるコントローラ、制御回路などから構成することができる。 The control unit 110 controls the base station 10 as a whole. The control unit 110 can be configured from a controller, a control circuit, and the like, which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure.
　制御部１１０は、信号の生成、スケジューリング（例えば、リソース割り当て、マッピング）などを制御してもよい。制御部１１０は、送受信部１２０、送受信アンテナ１３０及び伝送路インターフェース１４０を用いた送受信、測定などを制御してもよい。制御部１１０は、信号として送信するデータ、制御情報、系列（sequence）などを生成し、送受信部１２０に転送してもよい。制御部１１０は、通信チャネルの呼処理（設定、解放など）、基地局１０の状態管理、無線リソースの管理などを行ってもよい。 The control unit 110 may control signal generation, scheduling (for example, resource allocation, mapping), and the like. The control unit 110 may control transmission/reception, measurement, etc. using the transmission/reception unit 120 , the transmission/reception antenna 130 and the transmission line interface 140 . The control unit 110 may generate data to be transmitted as a signal, control information, a sequence, etc., and transfer them to the transmission/reception unit 120 . The control unit 110 may perform call processing (setup, release, etc.) of communication channels, state management of the base station 10, management of radio resources, and the like.
　送受信部１２０は、ベースバンド（baseband）部１２１、Radio　Frequency（ＲＦ）部１２２、測定部１２３を含んでもよい。ベースバンド部１２１は、送信処理部１２１１及び受信処理部１２１２を含んでもよい。送受信部１２０は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるトランスミッター／レシーバー、ＲＦ回路、ベースバンド回路、フィルタ、位相シフタ（phase　shifter）、測定回路、送受信回路などから構成することができる。 The transmitting/receiving section 120 may include a baseband section 121 , a radio frequency (RF) section 122 and a measuring section 123 . The baseband section 121 may include a transmission processing section 1211 and a reception processing section 1212 . The transmitting/receiving unit 120 is configured from a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measurement circuit, a transmitting/receiving circuit, etc., which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure. be able to.
　送受信部１２０は、一体の送受信部として構成されてもよいし、送信部及び受信部から構成されてもよい。当該送信部は、送信処理部１２１１、ＲＦ部１２２から構成されてもよい。当該受信部は、受信処理部１２１２、ＲＦ部１２２、測定部１２３から構成されてもよい。 The transmission/reception unit 120 may be configured as an integrated transmission/reception unit, or may be configured from a transmission unit and a reception unit. The transmission section may be composed of the transmission processing section 1211 and the RF section 122 . The receiving section may be composed of a reception processing section 1212 , an RF section 122 and a measurement section 123 .
　送受信アンテナ１３０は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるアンテナ、例えばアレイアンテナなどから構成することができる。 The transmitting/receiving antenna 130 can be configured from an antenna described based on common recognition in the technical field related to the present disclosure, such as an array antenna.
　送受信部１２０は、上述の下りリンクチャネル、同期信号、下りリンク参照信号などを送信してもよい。送受信部１２０は、上述の上りリンクチャネル、上りリンク参照信号などを受信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 120 may transmit the above-described downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, and the like. The transmitting/receiving unit 120 may receive the above-described uplink channel, uplink reference signal, and the like.
　送受信部１２０は、デジタルビームフォーミング（例えば、プリコーディング）、アナログビームフォーミング（例えば、位相回転）などを用いて、送信ビーム及び受信ビームの少なくとも一方を形成してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 120 may form at least one of the transmission beam and the reception beam using digital beamforming (eg, precoding), analog beamforming (eg, phase rotation), or the like.
　送受信部１２０（送信処理部１２１１）は、例えば制御部１１０から取得したデータ、制御情報などに対して、Packet　Data　Convergence　Protocol（ＰＤＣＰ）レイヤの処理、Radio　Link　Control（ＲＬＣ）レイヤの処理（例えば、ＲＬＣ再送制御）、Medium　Access　Control（ＭＡＣ）レイヤの処理（例えば、ＨＡＲＱ再送制御）などを行い、送信するビット列を生成してもよい。 The transmission/reception unit 120 (transmission processing unit 1211) performs Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer processing, Radio Link Control (RLC) layer processing (for example, RLC retransmission control), Medium Access Control (MAC) layer processing (for example, HARQ retransmission control), etc. may be performed to generate a bit string to be transmitted.
　送受信部１２０（送信処理部１２１１）は、送信するビット列に対して、チャネル符号化（誤り訂正符号化を含んでもよい）、変調、マッピング、フィルタ処理、離散フーリエ変換（Discrete　Fourier　Transform（ＤＦＴ））処理（必要に応じて）、逆高速フーリエ変換（Inverse　Fast　Fourier　Transform（ＩＦＦＴ））処理、プリコーディング、デジタル－アナログ変換などの送信処理を行い、ベースバンド信号を出力してもよい。 The transmission/reception unit 120 (transmission processing unit 1211) performs channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, and discrete Fourier transform (DFT) on the bit string to be transmitted. Processing (if necessary), Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) processing, precoding, transmission processing such as digital-to-analog conversion may be performed, and the baseband signal may be output.
　送受信部１２０（ＲＦ部１２２）は、ベースバンド信号に対して、無線周波数帯への変調、フィルタ処理、増幅などを行い、無線周波数帯の信号を、送受信アンテナ１３０を介して送信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 120 (RF unit 122) may perform modulation to a radio frequency band, filter processing, amplification, and the like on the baseband signal, and may transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transmitting/receiving antenna 130. .
　一方、送受信部１２０（ＲＦ部１２２）は、送受信アンテナ１３０によって受信された無線周波数帯の信号に対して、増幅、フィルタ処理、ベースバンド信号への復調などを行ってもよい。 On the other hand, the transmitting/receiving unit 120 (RF unit 122) may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transmitting/receiving antenna 130.
　送受信部１２０（受信処理部１２１２）は、取得されたベースバンド信号に対して、アナログ－デジタル変換、高速フーリエ変換（Fast　Fourier　Transform（ＦＦＴ））処理、逆離散フーリエ変換（Inverse　Discrete　Fourier　Transform（ＩＤＦＴ））処理（必要に応じて）、フィルタ処理、デマッピング、復調、復号（誤り訂正復号を含んでもよい）、ＭＡＣレイヤ処理、ＲＬＣレイヤの処理及びＰＤＣＰレイヤの処理などの受信処理を適用し、ユーザデータなどを取得してもよい。 The transmission/reception unit 120 (reception processing unit 1212) performs analog-to-digital conversion, Fast Fourier transform (FFT) processing, and Inverse Discrete Fourier transform (IDFT) processing on the acquired baseband signal. )) processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing and PDCP layer processing. User data and the like may be acquired.
　送受信部１２０（測定部１２３）は、受信した信号に関する測定を実施してもよい。例えば、測定部１２３は、受信した信号に基づいて、Radio　Resource　Management（ＲＲＭ）測定、Channel　State　Information（ＣＳＩ）測定などを行ってもよい。測定部１２３は、受信電力（例えば、Reference　Signal　Received　Power（ＲＳＲＰ））、受信品質（例えば、Reference　Signal　Received　Quality（ＲＳＲＱ）、Signal　to　Interference　plus　Noise　Ratio（ＳＩＮＲ）、Signal　to　Noise　Ratio（ＳＮＲ））、信号強度（例えば、Received　Signal　Strength　Indicator（ＲＳＳＩ））、伝搬路情報（例えば、ＣＳＩ）などについて測定してもよい。測定結果は、制御部１１０に出力されてもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 120 (measuring unit 123) may measure the received signal. For example, the measurement unit 123 may perform Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurement, Channel State Information (CSI) measurement, etc. based on the received signal. The measurement unit 123 measures received power (for example, Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP)), reception quality (for example, Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR), Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)) , signal strength (for example, Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI)), channel information (for example, CSI), and the like may be measured. The measurement result may be output to control section 110 .
　伝送路インターフェース１４０は、コアネットワーク３０に含まれる装置、他の基地局１０などとの間で信号を送受信（バックホールシグナリング）し、ユーザ端末２０のためのユーザデータ（ユーザプレーンデータ）、制御プレーンデータなどを取得、伝送などしてもよい。 The transmission path interface 140 transmits and receives signals (backhaul signaling) to and from devices included in the core network 30, other base stations 10, etc., and user data (user plane data) for the user terminal 20, control plane data, and the like. Data and the like may be obtained, transmitted, and the like.
　なお、本開示における基地局１０の送信部及び受信部は、送受信部１２０、送受信アンテナ１３０及び伝送路インターフェース１４０の少なくとも１つによって構成されてもよい。 The transmitting unit and receiving unit of the base station 10 in the present disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitting/receiving unit 120, the transmitting/receiving antenna 130, and the transmission line interface 140.
　なお、送受信部１２０は、１つのサービングセルについて２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）フィールドをMedium　Access　Control（ＭＡＣ）制御要素に含めることを設定する情報（例えば、ＲＲＣパラメータ）を、ユーザ端末２０に送信してもよい。 In addition, the transmitting/receiving unit 120 transmits to the user terminal 20 information (for example, RRC parameters) for setting the inclusion of two Power Headroom (PH) fields in the Medium Access Control (MAC) control element for one serving cell. good too.
　送受信部１２０は、前記２つのＰＨフィールドのうち少なくとも一方に関するＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃフィールドを含む前記ＭＡＣ制御要素を、前記ユーザ端末２０から受信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 120 may receive from the user terminal 20 the MAC control element including the P CMAX, f, c fields for at least one of the two PH fields.
　また、送受信部１２０は、２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）に関する最大許容曝露（Maximum　Permitted　Exposure（ＭＰＥ））　電力管理最大電力低減（Power　Management　Maximum　Power　Reduction（Ｐ－ＭＰＲ））報告のトリガ条件に関する設定情報（例えば、mpe-Threshold、mpe-ProhibitTimer、phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange）を、ユーザ端末２０に送信してもよい。 In addition, the transmitting/receiving unit 120 provides setting information related to trigger conditions for Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) reporting for the two Power Headrooms (PH) (eg, mpe-Threshold, mpe-ProhibitTimer, phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange) may be sent to the user terminal 20 .
　送受信部１２０は、前記２つのＰＨの少なくとも一方に関連する前記トリガ条件に基づいてトリガされた前記ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告を、前記ユーザ端末２０から受信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 120 may receive from the user terminal 20 the MPE P-MPR report triggered based on the trigger condition related to at least one of the two PHs.
（ユーザ端末）
　図９は、一実施形態に係るユーザ端末の構成の一例を示す図である。ユーザ端末２０は、制御部２１０、送受信部２２０及び送受信アンテナ２３０を備えている。なお、制御部２１０、送受信部２２０及び送受信アンテナ２３０は、それぞれ１つ以上が備えられてもよい。 (user terminal)
FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a user terminal according to one embodiment. The user terminal 20 includes a control section 210 , a transmission/reception section 220 and a transmission/reception antenna 230 . One or more of each of the control unit 210, the transmitting/receiving unit 220, and the transmitting/receiving antenna 230 may be provided.
　なお、本例では、本実施の形態における特徴部分の機能ブロックを主に示しており、ユーザ端末２０は、無線通信に必要な他の機能ブロックも有すると想定されてもよい。以下で説明する各部の処理の一部は、省略されてもよい。 It should be noted that this example mainly shows the functional blocks of the features of the present embodiment, and it may be assumed that the user terminal 20 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. A part of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
　制御部２１０は、ユーザ端末２０全体の制御を実施する。制御部２１０は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるコントローラ、制御回路などから構成することができる。 The control unit 210 controls the user terminal 20 as a whole. The control unit 210 can be configured from a controller, a control circuit, and the like, which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure.
　制御部２１０は、信号の生成、マッピングなどを制御してもよい。制御部２１０は、送受信部２２０及び送受信アンテナ２３０を用いた送受信、測定などを制御してもよい。制御部２１０は、信号として送信するデータ、制御情報、系列などを生成し、送受信部２２０に転送してもよい。 The control unit 210 may control signal generation, mapping, and the like. The control unit 210 may control transmission/reception, measurement, etc. using the transmission/reception unit 220 and the transmission/reception antenna 230 . The control unit 210 may generate data, control information, sequences, etc. to be transmitted as signals and transfer them to the transmission/reception unit 220 .
　送受信部２２０は、ベースバンド部２２１、ＲＦ部２２２、測定部２２３を含んでもよい。ベースバンド部２２１は、送信処理部２２１１、受信処理部２２１２を含んでもよい。送受信部２２０は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるトランスミッター／レシーバー、ＲＦ回路、ベースバンド回路、フィルタ、位相シフタ、測定回路、送受信回路などから構成することができる。 The transmitting/receiving section 220 may include a baseband section 221 , an RF section 222 and a measurement section 223 . The baseband section 221 may include a transmission processing section 2211 and a reception processing section 2212 . The transmitting/receiving unit 220 can be configured from a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measuring circuit, a transmitting/receiving circuit, etc., which are explained based on common recognition in the technical field according to the present disclosure.
　送受信部２２０は、一体の送受信部として構成されてもよいし、送信部及び受信部から構成されてもよい。当該送信部は、送信処理部２２１１、ＲＦ部２２２から構成されてもよい。当該受信部は、受信処理部２２１２、ＲＦ部２２２、測定部２２３から構成されてもよい。 The transmission/reception unit 220 may be configured as an integrated transmission/reception unit, or may be configured from a transmission unit and a reception unit. The transmission section may be composed of a transmission processing section 2211 and an RF section 222 . The receiving section may include a reception processing section 2212 , an RF section 222 and a measurement section 223 .
　送受信アンテナ２３０は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるアンテナ、例えばアレイアンテナなどから構成することができる。 The transmitting/receiving antenna 230 can be configured from an antenna described based on common recognition in the technical field related to the present disclosure, such as an array antenna.
　送受信部２２０は、上述の下りリンクチャネル、同期信号、下りリンク参照信号などを受信してもよい。送受信部２２０は、上述の上りリンクチャネル、上りリンク参照信号などを送信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 220 may receive the above-described downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, and the like. The transmitting/receiving unit 220 may transmit the above-described uplink channel, uplink reference signal, and the like.
　送受信部２２０は、デジタルビームフォーミング（例えば、プリコーディング）、アナログビームフォーミング（例えば、位相回転）などを用いて、送信ビーム及び受信ビームの少なくとも一方を形成してもよい。 The transmitter/receiver 220 may form at least one of the transmission beam and the reception beam using digital beamforming (eg, precoding), analog beamforming (eg, phase rotation), or the like.
　送受信部２２０（送信処理部２２１１）は、例えば制御部２１０から取得したデータ、制御情報などに対して、ＰＤＣＰレイヤの処理、ＲＬＣレイヤの処理（例えば、ＲＬＣ再送制御）、ＭＡＣレイヤの処理（例えば、ＨＡＲＱ再送制御）などを行い、送信するビット列を生成してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) performs PDCP layer processing, RLC layer processing (eg, RLC retransmission control), MAC layer processing (eg, , HARQ retransmission control) and the like may be performed to generate a bit string to be transmitted.
　送受信部２２０（送信処理部２２１１）は、送信するビット列に対して、チャネル符号化（誤り訂正符号化を含んでもよい）、変調、マッピング、フィルタ処理、ＤＦＴ処理（必要に応じて）、ＩＦＦＴ処理、プリコーディング、デジタル－アナログ変換などの送信処理を行い、ベースバンド信号を出力してもよい。 The transmission/reception unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) performs channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, DFT processing (if necessary), and IFFT processing on a bit string to be transmitted. , precoding, digital-analog conversion, and other transmission processing may be performed, and the baseband signal may be output.
　なお、ＤＦＴ処理を適用するか否かは、トランスフォームプリコーディングの設定に基づいてもよい。送受信部２２０（送信処理部２２１１）は、あるチャネル（例えば、ＰＵＳＣＨ）について、トランスフォームプリコーディングが有効（enabled）である場合、当該チャネルをＤＦＴ－ｓ－ＯＦＤＭ波形を用いて送信するために上記送信処理としてＤＦＴ処理を行ってもよいし、そうでない場合、上記送信処理としてＤＦＴ処理を行わなくてもよい。 Whether or not to apply DFT processing may be based on transform precoding settings. Transmitting/receiving unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211), for a certain channel (for example, PUSCH), if transform precoding is enabled, the above to transmit the channel using the DFT-s-OFDM waveform The DFT process may be performed as the transmission process, or otherwise the DFT process may not be performed as the transmission process.
　送受信部２２０（ＲＦ部２２２）は、ベースバンド信号に対して、無線周波数帯への変調、フィルタ処理、増幅などを行い、無線周波数帯の信号を、送受信アンテナ２３０を介して送信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 220 (RF unit 222) may perform modulation to a radio frequency band, filter processing, amplification, and the like on the baseband signal, and may transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transmitting/receiving antenna 230. .
　一方、送受信部２２０（ＲＦ部２２２）は、送受信アンテナ２３０によって受信された無線周波数帯の信号に対して、増幅、フィルタ処理、ベースバンド信号への復調などを行ってもよい。 On the other hand, the transmitting/receiving section 220 (RF section 222) may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transmitting/receiving antenna 230.
　送受信部２２０（受信処理部２２１２）は、取得されたベースバンド信号に対して、アナログ－デジタル変換、ＦＦＴ処理、ＩＤＦＴ処理（必要に応じて）、フィルタ処理、デマッピング、復調、復号（誤り訂正復号を含んでもよい）、ＭＡＣレイヤ処理、ＲＬＣレイヤの処理及びＰＤＣＰレイヤの処理などの受信処理を適用し、ユーザデータなどを取得してもよい。 The transmission/reception unit 220 (reception processing unit 2212) performs analog-to-digital conversion, FFT processing, IDFT processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (error correction) on the acquired baseband signal. decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, PDCP layer processing, and other reception processing may be applied to acquire user data and the like.
　送受信部２２０（測定部２２３）は、受信した信号に関する測定を実施してもよい。例えば、測定部２２３は、受信した信号に基づいて、ＲＲＭ測定、ＣＳＩ測定などを行ってもよい。測定部２２３は、受信電力（例えば、ＲＳＲＰ）、受信品質（例えば、ＲＳＲＱ、ＳＩＮＲ、ＳＮＲ）、信号強度（例えば、ＲＳＳＩ）、伝搬路情報（例えば、ＣＳＩ）などについて測定してもよい。測定結果は、制御部２１０に出力されてもよい。 The transmitting/receiving section 220 (measuring section 223) may measure the received signal. For example, the measurement unit 223 may perform RRM measurement, CSI measurement, etc. based on the received signal. The measuring unit 223 may measure received power (eg, RSRP), received quality (eg, RSRQ, SINR, SNR), signal strength (eg, RSSI), channel information (eg, CSI), and the like. The measurement result may be output to control section 210 .
　なお、本開示におけるユーザ端末２０の送信部及び受信部は、送受信部２２０及び送受信アンテナ２３０の少なくとも１つによって構成されてもよい。 Note that the transmitter and receiver of the user terminal 20 in the present disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitter/receiver 220 and the transmitter/receiver antenna 230 .
　なお、制御部２１０は、１つのサービングセルについて２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）フィールドを含み、当該２つのＰＨフィールドのうち少なくとも一方に関するＰＣＭＡＸ，ｆ，ｃフィールドを含むMedium　Access　Control（ＭＡＣ）制御要素を生成してもよい。 Note that the control unit 210 includes two Power Headroom (PH) fields for one serving cell, P CMAX, f, c field for at least one of the two PH fields Medium Access Control (MAC) control element including may be generated.
　送受信部２２０は、前記ＭＡＣ制御要素を送信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 220 may transmit the MAC control element.
　また、制御部２１０は、２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）に関する最大許容曝露（Maximum　Permitted　Exposure（ＭＰＥ））　電力管理最大電力低減（Power　Management　Maximum　Power　Reduction（Ｐ－ＭＰＲ））報告を、前記２つのＰＨの少なくとも一方に関連するトリガ条件に基づいてトリガしてもよい。 In addition, the control unit 210 reports the Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) report for the two Power Headrooms (PH), may be triggered based on a trigger condition associated with at least one of
　送受信部２２０は、トリガされた前記ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告を送信してもよい。 The transmitting/receiving unit 220 may transmit the triggered MPE P-MPR report.
（ハードウェア構成）
　なお、上記実施形態の説明に用いたブロック図は、機能単位のブロックを示している。これらの機能ブロック（構成部）は、ハードウェア及びソフトウェアの少なくとも一方の任意の組み合わせによって実現される。また、各機能ブロックの実現方法は特に限定されない。すなわち、各機能ブロックは、物理的又は論理的に結合した１つの装置を用いて実現されてもよいし、物理的又は論理的に分離した２つ以上の装置を直接的又は間接的に（例えば、有線、無線などを用いて）接続し、これら複数の装置を用いて実現されてもよい。機能ブロックは、上記１つの装置又は上記複数の装置にソフトウェアを組み合わせて実現されてもよい。 (Hardware configuration)
It should be noted that the block diagrams used in the description of the above embodiments show blocks in units of functions. These functional blocks (components) are implemented by any combination of at least one of hardware and software. Also, the method of realizing each functional block is not particularly limited. That is, each functional block may be implemented using one device physically or logically coupled, or directly or indirectly using two or more physically or logically separated devices (e.g. , wired, wireless, etc.) and may be implemented using these multiple devices. A functional block may be implemented by combining software in the one device or the plurality of devices.
　ここで、機能には、判断、決定、判定、計算、算出、処理、導出、調査、探索、確認、受信、送信、出力、アクセス、解決、選択、選定、確立、比較、想定、期待、みなし、報知（broadcasting）、通知（notifying）、通信（communicating）、転送（forwarding）、構成（configuring）、再構成（reconfiguring）、割り当て（allocating、mapping）、割り振り（assigning）などがあるが、これらに限られない。例えば、送信を機能させる機能ブロック（構成部）は、送信部（transmitting　unit）、送信機（transmitter）などと呼称されてもよい。いずれも、上述したとおり、実現方法は特に限定されない。 where function includes judgment, decision, determination, calculation, calculation, processing, derivation, investigation, search, confirmation, reception, transmission, output, access, resolution, selection, selection, establishment, comparison, assumption, expectation, deem , broadcasting, notifying, communicating, forwarding, configuring, reconfiguring, allocating, mapping, assigning, etc. Not limited. For example, a functional block (component) that performs transmission may be called a transmitting unit, a transmitter, or the like. In either case, as described above, the implementation method is not particularly limited.
　例えば、本開示の一実施形態における基地局、ユーザ端末などは、本開示の無線通信方法の処理を行うコンピュータとして機能してもよい。図１０は、一実施形態に係る基地局及びユーザ端末のハードウェア構成の一例を示す図である。上述の基地局１０及びユーザ端末２０は、物理的には、プロセッサ１００１、メモリ１００２、ストレージ１００３、通信装置１００４、入力装置１００５、出力装置１００６、バス１００７などを含むコンピュータ装置として構成されてもよい。 For example, a base station, a user terminal, etc. in an embodiment of the present disclosure may function as a computer that performs processing of the wireless communication method of the present disclosure. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of hardware configurations of a base station and a user terminal according to one embodiment. The base station 10 and user terminal 20 described above may be physically configured as a computer device including a processor 1001, a memory 1002, a storage 1003, a communication device 1004, an input device 1005, an output device 1006, a bus 1007, and the like. .
　なお、本開示において、装置、回路、デバイス、部（section）、ユニットなどの文言は、互いに読み替えることができる。基地局１０及びユーザ端末２０のハードウェア構成は、図に示した各装置を１つ又は複数含むように構成されてもよいし、一部の装置を含まずに構成されてもよい。 In the present disclosure, terms such as apparatus, circuit, device, section, and unit can be read interchangeably. The hardware configuration of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 may be configured to include one or more of each device shown in the figure, or may be configured without some devices.
　例えば、プロセッサ１００１は１つだけ図示されているが、複数のプロセッサがあってもよい。また、処理は、１のプロセッサによって実行されてもよいし、処理が同時に、逐次に、又はその他の手法を用いて、２以上のプロセッサによって実行されてもよい。なお、プロセッサ１００１は、１以上のチップによって実装されてもよい。 For example, although only one processor 1001 is illustrated, there may be multiple processors. Also, processing may be performed by one processor, or processing may be performed by two or more processors concurrently, serially, or otherwise. Note that processor 1001 may be implemented by one or more chips.
　基地局１０及びユーザ端末２０における各機能は、例えば、プロセッサ１００１、メモリ１００２などのハードウェア上に所定のソフトウェア（プログラム）を読み込ませることによって、プロセッサ１００１が演算を行い、通信装置１００４を介する通信を制御したり、メモリ１００２及びストレージ１００３におけるデータの読み出し及び書き込みの少なくとも一方を制御したりすることによって実現される。 Each function in the base station 10 and the user terminal 20, for example, by loading predetermined software (program) on hardware such as a processor 1001 and a memory 1002, the processor 1001 performs calculations, communication via the communication device 1004 and at least one of reading and writing data in the memory 1002 and the storage 1003 .
　プロセッサ１００１は、例えば、オペレーティングシステムを動作させてコンピュータ全体を制御する。プロセッサ１００１は、周辺装置とのインターフェース、制御装置、演算装置、レジスタなどを含む中央処理装置（Central　Processing　Unit（ＣＰＵ））によって構成されてもよい。例えば、上述の制御部１１０（２１０）、送受信部１２０（２２０）などの少なくとも一部は、プロセッサ１００１によって実現されてもよい。 The processor 1001, for example, operates an operating system and controls the entire computer. The processor 1001 may be configured by a central processing unit (CPU) including an interface with peripheral devices, a control device, an arithmetic device, registers, and the like. For example, at least part of the above-described control unit 110 (210), transmission/reception unit 120 (220), etc. may be realized by the processor 1001. FIG.
　また、プロセッサ１００１は、プログラム（プログラムコード）、ソフトウェアモジュール、データなどを、ストレージ１００３及び通信装置１００４の少なくとも一方からメモリ１００２に読み出し、これらに従って各種の処理を実行する。プログラムとしては、上述の実施形態において説明した動作の少なくとも一部をコンピュータに実行させるプログラムが用いられる。例えば、制御部１１０（２１０）は、メモリ１００２に格納され、プロセッサ１００１において動作する制御プログラムによって実現されてもよく、他の機能ブロックについても同様に実現されてもよい。 Also, the processor 1001 reads programs (program codes), software modules, data, etc. from at least one of the storage 1003 and the communication device 1004 to the memory 1002, and executes various processes according to them. As the program, a program that causes a computer to execute at least part of the operations described in the above embodiments is used. For example, the control unit 110 (210) may be implemented by a control program stored in the memory 1002 and running on the processor 1001, and other functional blocks may be similarly implemented.
　メモリ１００２は、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であり、例えば、Read　Only　Memory（ＲＯＭ）、Erasable　Programmable　ROM（ＥＰＲＯＭ）、Electrically　EPROM（ＥＥＰＲＯＭ）、Random　Access　Memory（ＲＡＭ）、その他の適切な記憶媒体の少なくとも１つによって構成されてもよい。メモリ１００２は、レジスタ、キャッシュ、メインメモリ（主記憶装置）などと呼ばれてもよい。メモリ１００２は、本開示の一実施形態に係る無線通信方法を実施するために実行可能なプログラム（プログラムコード）、ソフトウェアモジュールなどを保存することができる。 The memory 1002 is a computer-readable recording medium, such as Read Only Memory (ROM), Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Electrically EPROM (EEPROM), Random Access Memory (RAM), or at least any other suitable storage medium. may be configured by one. The memory 1002 may also be called a register, cache, main memory (main storage device), or the like. The memory 1002 can store executable programs (program code), software modules, etc. for implementing a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
　ストレージ１００３は、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であり、例えば、フレキシブルディスク、フロッピー（登録商標）ディスク、光磁気ディスク（例えば、コンパクトディスク（Compact　Disc　ROM（ＣＤ－ＲＯＭ）など）、デジタル多用途ディスク、Ｂｌｕ－ｒａｙ（登録商標）ディスク）、リムーバブルディスク、ハードディスクドライブ、スマートカード、フラッシュメモリデバイス（例えば、カード、スティック、キードライブ）、磁気ストライプ、データベース、サーバ、その他の適切な記憶媒体の少なくとも１つによって構成されてもよい。ストレージ１００３は、補助記憶装置と呼ばれてもよい。 The storage 1003 is a computer-readable recording medium, for example, a flexible disk, a floppy (registered trademark) disk, a magneto-optical disk (for example, a compact disk (Compact Disc ROM (CD-ROM), etc.), a digital versatile disk, Blu-ray disc), removable disc, hard disk drive, smart card, flash memory device (e.g., card, stick, key drive), magnetic stripe, database, server, or other suitable storage medium may be configured by Storage 1003 may also be called an auxiliary storage device.
　通信装置１００４は、有線ネットワーク及び無線ネットワークの少なくとも一方を介してコンピュータ間の通信を行うためのハードウェア（送受信デバイス）であり、例えばネットワークデバイス、ネットワークコントローラ、ネットワークカード、通信モジュールなどともいう。通信装置１００４は、例えば周波数分割複信（Frequency　Division　Duplex（ＦＤＤ））及び時分割複信（Time　Division　Duplex（ＴＤＤ））の少なくとも一方を実現するために、高周波スイッチ、デュプレクサ、フィルタ、周波数シンセサイザなどを含んで構成されてもよい。例えば、上述の送受信部１２０（２２０）、送受信アンテナ１３０（２３０）などは、通信装置１００４によって実現されてもよい。送受信部１２０（２２０）は、送信部１２０ａ（２２０ａ）と受信部１２０ｂ（２２０ｂ）とで、物理的に又は論理的に分離された実装がなされてもよい。 The communication device 1004 is hardware (transmitting/receiving device) for communicating between computers via at least one of a wired network and a wireless network, and is also called a network device, a network controller, a network card, a communication module, or the like. The communication device 1004 includes a high-frequency switch, duplexer, filter, frequency synthesizer, etc. in order to realize at least one of frequency division duplex (FDD) and time division duplex (TDD), for example. may be configured to include For example, the transmitting/receiving unit 120 (220), the transmitting/receiving antenna 130 (230), and the like described above may be realized by the communication device 1004. FIG. The transmitter/receiver 120 (220) may be physically or logically separated into a transmitter 120a (220a) and a receiver 120b (220b).
　入力装置１００５は、外部からの入力を受け付ける入力デバイス（例えば、キーボード、マウス、マイクロフォン、スイッチ、ボタン、センサなど）である。出力装置１００６は、外部への出力を実施する出力デバイス（例えば、ディスプレイ、スピーカー、Light　Emitting　Diode（ＬＥＤ）ランプなど）である。なお、入力装置１００５及び出力装置１００６は、一体となった構成（例えば、タッチパネル）であってもよい。 The input device 1005 is an input device (for example, keyboard, mouse, microphone, switch, button, sensor, etc.) that receives input from the outside. The output device 1006 is an output device (for example, a display, a speaker, a Light Emitting Diode (LED) lamp, etc.) that outputs to the outside. Note that the input device 1005 and the output device 1006 may be integrated (for example, a touch panel).
　また、プロセッサ１００１、メモリ１００２などの各装置は、情報を通信するためのバス１００７によって接続される。バス１００７は、単一のバスを用いて構成されてもよいし、装置間ごとに異なるバスを用いて構成されてもよい。 Each device such as the processor 1001 and the memory 1002 is connected by a bus 1007 for communicating information. The bus 1007 may be configured using a single bus, or may be configured using different buses between devices.
　また、基地局１０及びユーザ端末２０は、マイクロプロセッサ、デジタル信号プロセッサ（Digital　Signal　Processor（ＤＳＰ））、Application　Specific　Integrated　Circuit（ＡＳＩＣ）、Programmable　Logic　Device（ＰＬＤ）、Field　Programmable　Gate　Array（ＦＰＧＡ）などのハードウェアを含んで構成されてもよく、当該ハードウェアを用いて各機能ブロックの一部又は全てが実現されてもよい。例えば、プロセッサ１００１は、これらのハードウェアの少なくとも１つを用いて実装されてもよい。 In addition, the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 include a microprocessor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), etc. It may be configured including hardware, and a part or all of each functional block may be realized using the hardware. For example, processor 1001 may be implemented using at least one of these pieces of hardware.
（変形例）
　なお、本開示において説明した用語及び本開示の理解に必要な用語については、同一の又は類似する意味を有する用語と置き換えてもよい。例えば、チャネル、シンボル及び信号（シグナル又はシグナリング）は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、信号はメッセージであってもよい。参照信号（reference　signal）は、ＲＳと略称することもでき、適用される標準によってパイロット（Pilot）、パイロット信号などと呼ばれてもよい。また、コンポーネントキャリア（Component　Carrier（ＣＣ））は、セル、周波数キャリア、キャリア周波数などと呼ばれてもよい。 (Modification)
The terms explained in this disclosure and the terms necessary for understanding the present disclosure may be replaced with terms having the same or similar meanings. For example, channel, symbol and signal (signal or signaling) may be interchanged. A signal may also be a message. A reference signal may be abbreviated as RS, and may also be called a pilot, a pilot signal, etc., depending on the applicable standard. A component carrier (CC) may also be called a cell, a frequency carrier, a carrier frequency, or the like.
　無線フレームは、時間領域において１つ又は複数の期間（フレーム）によって構成されてもよい。無線フレームを構成する当該１つ又は複数の各期間（フレーム）は、サブフレームと呼ばれてもよい。さらに、サブフレームは、時間領域において１つ又は複数のスロットによって構成されてもよい。サブフレームは、ニューメロロジー（numerology）に依存しない固定の時間長（例えば、１ｍｓ）であってもよい。 A radio frame may consist of one or more periods (frames) in the time domain. Each of the one or more periods (frames) that make up a radio frame may be called a subframe. Furthermore, a subframe may consist of one or more slots in the time domain. A subframe may be a fixed time length (eg, 1 ms) independent of numerology.
　ここで、ニューメロロジーは、ある信号又はチャネルの送信及び受信の少なくとも一方に適用される通信パラメータであってもよい。ニューメロロジーは、例えば、サブキャリア間隔（SubCarrier　Spacing（ＳＣＳ））、帯域幅、シンボル長、サイクリックプレフィックス長、送信時間間隔（Transmission　Time　Interval（ＴＴＩ））、ＴＴＩあたりのシンボル数、無線フレーム構成、送受信機が周波数領域において行う特定のフィルタリング処理、送受信機が時間領域において行う特定のウィンドウイング処理などの少なくとも１つを示してもよい。 Here, a numerology may be a communication parameter applied to at least one of transmission and reception of a certain signal or channel. Numerology, for example, subcarrier spacing (SCS), bandwidth, symbol length, cyclic prefix length, transmission time interval (TTI), number of symbols per TTI, radio frame configuration , a particular filtering process performed by the transceiver in the frequency domain, a particular windowing process performed by the transceiver in the time domain, and/or the like.
　スロットは、時間領域において１つ又は複数のシンボル（Orthogonal　Frequency　Division　Multiplexing（ＯＦＤＭ）シンボル、Single　Carrier　Frequency　Division　Multiple　Access（ＳＣ－ＦＤＭＡ）シンボルなど）によって構成されてもよい。また、スロットは、ニューメロロジーに基づく時間単位であってもよい。 A slot may consist of one or more symbols (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbol, etc.) in the time domain. A slot may also be a unit of time based on numerology.
　スロットは、複数のミニスロットを含んでもよい。各ミニスロットは、時間領域において１つ又は複数のシンボルによって構成されてもよい。また、ミニスロットは、サブスロットと呼ばれてもよい。ミニスロットは、スロットよりも少ない数のシンボルによって構成されてもよい。ミニスロットより大きい時間単位で送信されるＰＤＳＣＨ（又はＰＵＳＣＨ）は、ＰＤＳＣＨ（ＰＵＳＣＨ）マッピングタイプＡと呼ばれてもよい。ミニスロットを用いて送信されるＰＤＳＣＨ（又はＰＵＳＣＨ）は、ＰＤＳＣＨ（ＰＵＳＣＨ）マッピングタイプＢと呼ばれてもよい。 A slot may contain multiple mini-slots. Each minislot may consist of one or more symbols in the time domain. A minislot may also be referred to as a subslot. A minislot may consist of fewer symbols than a slot. A PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted in time units larger than a minislot may be referred to as PDSCH (PUSCH) Mapping Type A. PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted using minislots may be referred to as PDSCH (PUSCH) mapping type B.
　無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット及びシンボルは、いずれも信号を伝送する際の時間単位を表す。無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット及びシンボルは、それぞれに対応する別の呼称が用いられてもよい。なお、本開示におけるフレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット、シンボルなどの時間単位は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots and symbols all represent time units when transmitting signals. Radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots and symbols may be referred to by other corresponding designations. Note that time units such as frames, subframes, slots, minislots, and symbols in the present disclosure may be read interchangeably.
　例えば、１サブフレームはＴＴＩと呼ばれてもよいし、複数の連続したサブフレームがＴＴＩと呼ばれてよいし、１スロット又は１ミニスロットがＴＴＩと呼ばれてもよい。つまり、サブフレーム及びＴＴＩの少なくとも一方は、既存のＬＴＥにおけるサブフレーム（１ｍｓ）であってもよいし、１ｍｓより短い期間（例えば、１－１３シンボル）であってもよいし、１ｍｓより長い期間であってもよい。なお、ＴＴＩを表す単位は、サブフレームではなくスロット、ミニスロットなどと呼ばれてもよい。 For example, one subframe may be called a TTI, a plurality of consecutive subframes may be called a TTI, and one slot or one minislot may be called a TTI. That is, at least one of the subframe and TTI may be a subframe (1 ms) in existing LTE, a period shorter than 1 ms (eg, 1-13 symbols), or a period longer than 1 ms may be Note that the unit representing the TTI may be called a slot, mini-slot, or the like instead of a subframe.
　ここで、ＴＴＩは、例えば、無線通信におけるスケジューリングの最小時間単位のことをいう。例えば、ＬＴＥシステムでは、基地局が各ユーザ端末に対して、無線リソース（各ユーザ端末において使用することが可能な周波数帯域幅、送信電力など）を、ＴＴＩ単位で割り当てるスケジューリングを行う。なお、ＴＴＩの定義はこれに限られない。 Here, TTI refers to, for example, the minimum scheduling time unit in wireless communication. For example, in the LTE system, a base station performs scheduling to allocate radio resources (frequency bandwidth, transmission power, etc. that can be used by each user terminal) to each user terminal on a TTI basis. Note that the definition of TTI is not limited to this.
　ＴＴＩは、チャネル符号化されたデータパケット（トランスポートブロック）、コードブロック、コードワードなどの送信時間単位であってもよいし、スケジューリング、リンクアダプテーションなどの処理単位となってもよい。なお、ＴＴＩが与えられたとき、実際にトランスポートブロック、コードブロック、コードワードなどがマッピングされる時間区間（例えば、シンボル数）は、当該ＴＴＩよりも短くてもよい。 A TTI may be a transmission time unit such as a channel-encoded data packet (transport block), code block, or codeword, or may be a processing unit such as scheduling and link adaptation. Note that when a TTI is given, the time interval (for example, the number of symbols) in which transport blocks, code blocks, codewords, etc. are actually mapped may be shorter than the TTI.
　なお、１スロット又は１ミニスロットがＴＴＩと呼ばれる場合、１以上のＴＴＩ（すなわち、１以上のスロット又は１以上のミニスロット）が、スケジューリングの最小時間単位となってもよい。また、当該スケジューリングの最小時間単位を構成するスロット数（ミニスロット数）は制御されてもよい。 When one slot or one minislot is called a TTI, one or more TTIs (that is, one or more slots or one or more minislots) may be the minimum scheduling time unit. Also, the number of slots (the number of mini-slots) constituting the minimum time unit of the scheduling may be controlled.
　１ｍｓの時間長を有するＴＴＩは、通常ＴＴＩ（３ＧＰＰ　Ｒｅｌ．８－１２におけるＴＴＩ）、ノーマルＴＴＩ、ロングＴＴＩ、通常サブフレーム、ノーマルサブフレーム、ロングサブフレーム、スロットなどと呼ばれてもよい。通常ＴＴＩより短いＴＴＩは、短縮ＴＴＩ、ショートＴＴＩ、部分ＴＴＩ（partial又はfractional　TTI）、短縮サブフレーム、ショートサブフレーム、ミニスロット、サブスロット、スロットなどと呼ばれてもよい。 A TTI having a time length of 1 ms may be called a normal TTI (TTI in 3GPP Rel. 8-12), normal TTI, long TTI, normal subframe, normal subframe, long subframe, slot, or the like. A TTI that is shorter than a normal TTI may be called a shortened TTI, a short TTI, a partial or fractional TTI, a shortened subframe, a short subframe, a minislot, a subslot, a slot, and the like.
　なお、ロングＴＴＩ（例えば、通常ＴＴＩ、サブフレームなど）は、１ｍｓを超える時間長を有するＴＴＩで読み替えてもよいし、ショートＴＴＩ（例えば、短縮ＴＴＩなど）は、ロングＴＴＩのＴＴＩ長未満かつ１ｍｓ以上のＴＴＩ長を有するＴＴＩで読み替えてもよい。 Note that the long TTI (e.g., normal TTI, subframe, etc.) may be replaced with a TTI having a time length exceeding 1 ms, and the short TTI (e.g., shortened TTI, etc.) is less than the TTI length of the long TTI and 1 ms A TTI having the above TTI length may be read instead.
　リソースブロック（Resource　Block（ＲＢ））は、時間領域及び周波数領域のリソース割当単位であり、周波数領域において、１つ又は複数個の連続した副搬送波（サブキャリア（subcarrier））を含んでもよい。ＲＢに含まれるサブキャリアの数は、ニューメロロジーに関わらず同じであってもよく、例えば１２であってもよい。ＲＢに含まれるサブキャリアの数は、ニューメロロジーに基づいて決定されてもよい。 A resource block (RB) is a resource allocation unit in the time domain and frequency domain, and may include one or more consecutive subcarriers (subcarriers) in the frequency domain. The number of subcarriers included in the RB may be the same regardless of the neumerology, eg twelve. The number of subcarriers included in an RB may be determined based on neumerology.
　また、ＲＢは、時間領域において、１つ又は複数個のシンボルを含んでもよく、１スロット、１ミニスロット、１サブフレーム又は１ＴＴＩの長さであってもよい。１ＴＴＩ、１サブフレームなどは、それぞれ１つ又は複数のリソースブロックによって構成されてもよい。 Also, an RB may contain one or more symbols in the time domain and may be 1 slot, 1 minislot, 1 subframe or 1 TTI long. One TTI, one subframe, etc. may each be configured with one or more resource blocks.
　なお、１つ又は複数のＲＢは、物理リソースブロック（Physical　RB（ＰＲＢ））、サブキャリアグループ（Sub-Carrier　Group（ＳＣＧ））、リソースエレメントグループ（Resource　Element　Group（ＲＥＧ））、ＰＲＢペア、ＲＢペアなどと呼ばれてもよい。 One or more RBs are Physical Resource Block (PRB), Sub-Carrier Group (SCG), Resource Element Group (REG), PRB pair, RB Also called a pair.
　また、リソースブロックは、１つ又は複数のリソースエレメント（Resource　Element（ＲＥ））によって構成されてもよい。例えば、１ＲＥは、１サブキャリア及び１シンボルの無線リソース領域であってもよい。 Also, a resource block may be composed of one or more resource elements (Resource Element (RE)). For example, 1 RE may be a radio resource region of 1 subcarrier and 1 symbol.
　帯域幅部分（Bandwidth　Part（ＢＷＰ））（部分帯域幅などと呼ばれてもよい）は、あるキャリアにおいて、あるニューメロロジー用の連続する共通ＲＢ（common　resource　blocks）のサブセットのことを表してもよい。ここで、共通ＲＢは、当該キャリアの共通参照ポイントを基準としたＲＢのインデックスによって特定されてもよい。ＰＲＢは、あるＢＷＰで定義され、当該ＢＷＰ内で番号付けされてもよい。 A Bandwidth Part (BWP) (which may also be called a bandwidth part) represents a subset of contiguous common resource blocks (RBs) for a numerology on a carrier. good too. Here, the common RB may be identified by an RB index based on the common reference point of the carrier. PRBs may be defined in a BWP and numbered within that BWP.
　ＢＷＰには、ＵＬ　ＢＷＰ（ＵＬ用のＢＷＰ）と、ＤＬ　ＢＷＰ（ＤＬ用のＢＷＰ）とが含まれてもよい。ＵＥに対して、１キャリア内に１つ又は複数のＢＷＰが設定されてもよい。 BWP may include UL BWP (BWP for UL) and DL BWP (BWP for DL). One or multiple BWPs may be configured for a UE within one carrier.
　設定されたＢＷＰの少なくとも１つがアクティブであってもよく、ＵＥは、アクティブなＢＷＰの外で所定の信号／チャネルを送受信することを想定しなくてもよい。なお、本開示における「セル」、「キャリア」などは、「ＢＷＰ」で読み替えられてもよい。 At least one of the configured BWPs may be active, and the UE may not expect to transmit or receive a given signal/channel outside the active BWP. Note that "cell", "carrier", etc. in the present disclosure may be read as "BWP".
　なお、上述した無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット及びシンボルなどの構造は例示に過ぎない。例えば、無線フレームに含まれるサブフレームの数、サブフレーム又は無線フレームあたりのスロットの数、スロット内に含まれるミニスロットの数、スロット又はミニスロットに含まれるシンボル及びＲＢの数、ＲＢに含まれるサブキャリアの数、並びにＴＴＩ内のシンボル数、シンボル長、サイクリックプレフィックス（Cyclic　Prefix（ＣＰ））長などの構成は、様々に変更することができる。 It should be noted that the structures of radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots, symbols, etc. described above are merely examples. For example, the number of subframes contained in a radio frame, the number of slots per subframe or radio frame, the number of minislots contained within a slot, the number of symbols and RBs contained in a slot or minislot, the number of Configurations such as the number of subcarriers and the number of symbols in a TTI, symbol length, cyclic prefix (CP) length, etc. can be varied.
　また、本開示において説明した情報、パラメータなどは、絶対値を用いて表されてもよいし、所定の値からの相対値を用いて表されてもよいし、対応する別の情報を用いて表されてもよい。例えば、無線リソースは、所定のインデックスによって指示されてもよい。 In addition, the information, parameters, etc. described in the present disclosure may be expressed using absolute values, may be expressed using relative values from a predetermined value, or may be expressed using other corresponding information. may be represented. For example, radio resources may be indicated by a predetermined index.
　本開示においてパラメータなどに使用する名称は、いかなる点においても限定的な名称ではない。さらに、これらのパラメータを使用する数式などは、本開示において明示的に開示したものと異なってもよい。様々なチャネル（ＰＵＣＣＨ、ＰＤＣＣＨなど）及び情報要素は、あらゆる好適な名称によって識別できるので、これらの様々なチャネル及び情報要素に割り当てている様々な名称は、いかなる点においても限定的な名称ではない。 The names used for parameters and the like in this disclosure are not restrictive names in any respect. Further, the formulas and the like using these parameters may differ from those expressly disclosed in this disclosure. Since the various channels (PUCCH, PDCCH, etc.) and information elements can be identified by any suitable names, the various names assigned to these various channels and information elements are not limiting names in any way. .
　本開示において説明した情報、信号などは、様々な異なる技術のいずれかを使用して表されてもよい。例えば、上記の説明全体に渡って言及され得るデータ、命令、コマンド、情報、信号、ビット、シンボル、チップなどは、電圧、電流、電磁波、磁界若しくは磁性粒子、光場若しくは光子、又はこれらの任意の組み合わせによって表されてもよい。 The information, signals, etc. described in this disclosure may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, chips, etc. that may be referred to throughout the above description may refer to voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or magnetic particles, light fields or photons, or any of these. may be represented by a combination of
　また、情報、信号などは、上位レイヤから下位レイヤ及び下位レイヤから上位レイヤの少なくとも一方へ出力され得る。情報、信号などは、複数のネットワークノードを介して入出力されてもよい。 Also, information, signals, etc. can be output from a higher layer to a lower layer and/or from a lower layer to a higher layer. Information, signals, etc. may be input and output through multiple network nodes.
　入出力された情報、信号などは、特定の場所（例えば、メモリ）に保存されてもよいし、管理テーブルを用いて管理してもよい。入出力される情報、信号などは、上書き、更新又は追記をされ得る。出力された情報、信号などは、削除されてもよい。入力された情報、信号などは、他の装置へ送信されてもよい。 Input/output information, signals, etc. may be stored in a specific location (for example, memory), or may be managed using a management table. Input and output information, signals, etc. may be overwritten, updated or appended. Output information, signals, etc. may be deleted. Input information, signals, etc. may be transmitted to other devices.
　情報の通知は、本開示において説明した態様／実施形態に限られず、他の方法を用いて行われてもよい。例えば、本開示における情報の通知は、物理レイヤシグナリング（例えば、下り制御情報（Downlink　Control　Information（ＤＣＩ））、上り制御情報（Uplink　Control　Information（ＵＣＩ）））、上位レイヤシグナリング（例えば、Radio　Resource　Control（ＲＲＣ）シグナリング、ブロードキャスト情報（マスタ情報ブロック（Master　Information　Block（ＭＩＢ））、システム情報ブロック（System　Information　Block（ＳＩＢ））など）、Medium　Access　Control（ＭＡＣ）シグナリング）、その他の信号又はこれらの組み合わせによって実施されてもよい。 Notification of information is not limited to the aspects/embodiments described in the present disclosure, and may be performed using other methods. For example, the notification of information in the present disclosure includes physical layer signaling (e.g., Downlink Control Information (DCI)), Uplink Control Information (UCI)), upper layer signaling (e.g., Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, broadcast information (Master Information Block (MIB), System Information Block (SIB), etc.), Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling), other signals, or combinations thereof may be performed by
　なお、物理レイヤシグナリングは、Layer　1／Layer　2（Ｌ１／Ｌ２）制御情報（Ｌ１／Ｌ２制御信号）、Ｌ１制御情報（Ｌ１制御信号）などと呼ばれてもよい。また、ＲＲＣシグナリングは、ＲＲＣメッセージと呼ばれてもよく、例えば、ＲＲＣ接続セットアップ（RRC　Connection　Setup）メッセージ、ＲＲＣ接続再構成（RRC　Connection　Reconfiguration）メッセージなどであってもよい。また、ＭＡＣシグナリングは、例えば、ＭＡＣ制御要素（ＭＡＣ　Control　Element（ＣＥ））を用いて通知されてもよい。 The physical layer signaling may also be called Layer 1/Layer 2 (L1/L2) control information (L1/L2 control signal), L1 control information (L1 control signal), and the like. RRC signaling may also be called an RRC message, and may be, for example, an RRC connection setup message, an RRC connection reconfiguration message, or the like. Also, MAC signaling may be notified using, for example, a MAC Control Element (CE).
　また、所定の情報の通知（例えば、「Ｘであること」の通知）は、明示的な通知に限られず、暗示的に（例えば、当該所定の情報の通知を行わないことによって又は別の情報の通知によって）行われてもよい。 In addition, notification of predetermined information (for example, notification of “being X”) is not limited to explicit notification, but implicit notification (for example, by not notifying the predetermined information or by providing another information by notice of
　判定は、１ビットで表される値（０か１か）によって行われてもよいし、真（true）又は偽（false）で表される真偽値（boolean）によって行われてもよいし、数値の比較（例えば、所定の値との比較）によって行われてもよい。 The determination may be made by a value (0 or 1) represented by 1 bit, or by a boolean value represented by true or false. , may be performed by numerical comparison (eg, comparison with a predetermined value).
　ソフトウェアは、ソフトウェア、ファームウェア、ミドルウェア、マイクロコード、ハードウェア記述言語と呼ばれるか、他の名称で呼ばれるかを問わず、命令、命令セット、コード、コードセグメント、プログラムコード、プログラム、サブプログラム、ソフトウェアモジュール、アプリケーション、ソフトウェアアプリケーション、ソフトウェアパッケージ、ルーチン、サブルーチン、オブジェクト、実行可能ファイル、実行スレッド、手順、機能などを意味するよう広く解釈されるべきである。 Software, whether referred to as software, firmware, middleware, microcode, hardware description language or otherwise, includes instructions, instruction sets, code, code segments, program code, programs, subprograms, and software modules. , applications, software applications, software packages, routines, subroutines, objects, executables, threads of execution, procedures, functions, and the like.
　また、ソフトウェア、命令、情報などは、伝送媒体を介して送受信されてもよい。例えば、ソフトウェアが、有線技術（同軸ケーブル、光ファイバケーブル、ツイストペア、デジタル加入者回線（Digital　Subscriber　Line（ＤＳＬ））など）及び無線技術（赤外線、マイクロ波など）の少なくとも一方を使用してウェブサイト、サーバ、又は他のリモートソースから送信される場合、これらの有線技術及び無線技術の少なくとも一方は、伝送媒体の定義内に含まれる。 In addition, software, instructions, information, etc. may be transmitted and received via a transmission medium. For example, the software uses wired technology (coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), etc.) and/or wireless technology (infrared, microwave, etc.) , a server, or other remote source, these wired and/or wireless technologies are included within the definition of transmission media.
　本開示において使用する「システム」及び「ネットワーク」という用語は、互換的に使用され得る。「ネットワーク」は、ネットワークに含まれる装置（例えば、基地局）のことを意味してもよい。 The terms "system" and "network" used in this disclosure may be used interchangeably. A “network” may refer to devices (eg, base stations) included in a network.
　本開示において、「プリコーディング」、「プリコーダ」、「ウェイト（プリコーディングウェイト）」、「擬似コロケーション（Quasi-Co-Location（ＱＣＬ））」、「Transmission　Configuration　Indication　state（ＴＣＩ状態）」、「空間関係（spatial　relation）」、「空間ドメインフィルタ（spatial　domain　filter）」、「送信電力」、「位相回転」、「アンテナポート」、「アンテナポートグル－プ」、「レイヤ」、「レイヤ数」、「ランク」、「リソース」、「リソースセット」、「リソースグループ」、「ビーム」、「ビーム幅」、「ビーム角度」、「アンテナ」、「アンテナ素子」、「パネル」などの用語は、互換的に使用され得る。 In the present disclosure, "precoding", "precoder", "weight (precoding weight)", "Quasi-Co-Location (QCL)", "Transmission Configuration Indication state (TCI state)", "spatial "spatial relation", "spatial domain filter", "transmission power", "phase rotation", "antenna port", "antenna port group", "layer", "number of layers", Terms such as "rank", "resource", "resource set", "resource group", "beam", "beam width", "beam angle", "antenna", "antenna element", "panel" are interchangeable. can be used as intended.
　本開示においては、「基地局（Base　Station（ＢＳ））」、「無線基地局」、「固定局（fixed　station）」、「ＮｏｄｅＢ」、「ｅＮＢ（ｅＮｏｄｅＢ）」、「ｇＮＢ（ｇＮｏｄｅＢ）」、「アクセスポイント（access　point）」、「送信ポイント（Transmission　Point（ＴＰ））」、「受信ポイント（Reception　Point（ＲＰ））」、「送受信ポイント（Transmission/Reception　Point（ＴＲＰ））」、「パネル」、「セル」、「セクタ」、「セルグループ」、「キャリア」、「コンポーネントキャリア」などの用語は、互換的に使用され得る。基地局は、マクロセル、スモールセル、フェムトセル、ピコセルなどの用語で呼ばれる場合もある。 In the present disclosure, "base station (BS)", "radio base station", "fixed station", "NodeB", "eNB (eNodeB)", "gNB (gNodeB)", "Access point", "Transmission Point (TP)", "Reception Point (RP)", "Transmission/Reception Point (TRP)", "Panel" , “cell,” “sector,” “cell group,” “carrier,” “component carrier,” etc. may be used interchangeably. A base station may also be referred to by terms such as macrocell, small cell, femtocell, picocell, and the like.
　基地局は、１つ又は複数（例えば、３つ）のセルを収容することができる。基地局が複数のセルを収容する場合、基地局のカバレッジエリア全体は複数のより小さいエリアに区分でき、各々のより小さいエリアは、基地局サブシステム（例えば、屋内用の小型基地局（Remote　Radio　Head（ＲＲＨ）））によって通信サービスを提供することもできる。「セル」又は「セクタ」という用語は、このカバレッジにおいて通信サービスを行う基地局及び基地局サブシステムの少なくとも一方のカバレッジエリアの一部又は全体を指す。 A base station can accommodate one or more (eg, three) cells. When a base station accommodates multiple cells, the overall coverage area of the base station can be partitioned into multiple smaller areas, and each smaller area is assigned to a base station subsystem (e.g., a small indoor base station (Remote Radio)). Head (RRH))) may also provide communication services. The terms "cell" or "sector" refer to part or all of the coverage area of at least one of the base stations and base station subsystems that serve communication within such coverage.
　本開示においては、「移動局（Mobile　Station（ＭＳ））」、「ユーザ端末（user　terminal）」、「ユーザ装置（User　Equipment（ＵＥ））」、「端末」などの用語は、互換的に使用され得る。 In this disclosure, terms such as "Mobile Station (MS)", "user terminal", "User Equipment (UE)", and "terminal" are used interchangeably. can be
　移動局は、加入者局、モバイルユニット、加入者ユニット、ワイヤレスユニット、リモートユニット、モバイルデバイス、ワイヤレスデバイス、ワイヤレス通信デバイス、リモートデバイス、モバイル加入者局、アクセス端末、モバイル端末、ワイヤレス端末、リモート端末、ハンドセット、ユーザエージェント、モバイルクライアント、クライアント又はいくつかの他の適切な用語で呼ばれる場合もある。 Mobile stations include subscriber stations, mobile units, subscriber units, wireless units, remote units, mobile devices, wireless devices, wireless communication devices, remote devices, mobile subscriber stations, access terminals, mobile terminals, wireless terminals, remote terminals. , a handset, a user agent, a mobile client, a client, or some other suitable term.
　基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、送信装置、受信装置、無線通信装置などと呼ばれてもよい。なお、基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、移動体（moving　object）に搭載されたデバイス、移動体自体などであってもよい。 At least one of the base station and the mobile station may be called a transmitting device, a receiving device, a wireless communication device, or the like. At least one of the base station and the mobile station may be a device mounted on a moving object, the mobile itself, or the like.
　当該移動体は、移動可能な物体をいい、移動速度は任意であり、移動体が停止している場合も当然含む。当該移動体は、例えば、車両、輸送車両、自動車、自動二輪車、自転車、コネクテッドカー、ショベルカー、ブルドーザー、ホイールローダー、ダンプトラック、フォークリフト、列車、バス、リヤカー、人力車、船舶（ship　and　other　watercraft）、飛行機、ロケット、人工衛星、ドローン、マルチコプター、クアッドコプター、気球及びこれらに搭載される物を含み、またこれらに限られない。また、当該移動体は、運行指令に基づいて自律走行する移動体であってもよい。 The moving body refers to a movable object, the speed of movement is arbitrary, and it naturally includes cases where the moving body is stationary. Examples of such moving bodies include vehicles, transportation vehicles, automobiles, motorcycles, bicycles, connected cars, excavators, bulldozers, wheel loaders, dump trucks, forklifts, trains, buses, carts, rickshaws, and ships (ships and other watercraft). , airplanes, rockets, satellites, drones, multi-copters, quad-copters, balloons and objects mounted on them. Further, the mobile body may be a mobile body that autonomously travels based on an operation command.
　当該移動体は、乗り物（例えば、車、飛行機など）であってもよいし、無人で動く移動体（例えば、ドローン、自動運転車など）であってもよいし、ロボット（有人型又は無人型）であってもよい。なお、基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、必ずしも通信動作時に移動しない装置も含む。例えば、基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、センサなどのInternet　of　Things（ＩｏＴ）機器であってもよい。 The mobile object may be a vehicle (e.g., car, airplane, etc.), an unmanned mobile object (e.g., drone, self-driving car, etc.), or a robot (manned or unmanned ). Note that at least one of the base station and the mobile station includes devices that do not necessarily move during communication operations. For example, at least one of the base station and mobile station may be an Internet of Things (IoT) device such as a sensor.
　図１１は、一実施形態に係る車両の一例を示す図である。車両４０は、駆動部４１、操舵部４２、アクセルペダル４３、ブレーキペダル４４、シフトレバー４５、左右の前輪４６、左右の後輪４７、車軸４８、電子制御部４９、各種センサ（電流センサ５０、回転数センサ５１、空気圧センサ５２、車速センサ５３、加速度センサ５４、アクセルペダルセンサ５５、ブレーキペダルセンサ５６、シフトレバーセンサ５７、及び物体検知センサ５８を含む）、情報サービス部５９と通信モジュール６０を備える。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of a vehicle according to one embodiment. The vehicle 40 includes a drive unit 41, a steering unit 42, an accelerator pedal 43, a brake pedal 44, a shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, an axle 48, an electronic control unit 49, various sensors (current sensor 50, revolution sensor 51, air pressure sensor 52, vehicle speed sensor 53, acceleration sensor 54, accelerator pedal sensor 55, brake pedal sensor 56, shift lever sensor 57, and object detection sensor 58), information service unit 59 and communication module 60. Prepare.
　駆動部４１は、例えば、エンジン、モータ、エンジンとモータのハイブリッドの少なくとも１つで構成される。操舵部４２は、少なくともステアリングホイール（ハンドルとも呼ぶ）を含み、ユーザによって操作されるステアリングホイールの操作に基づいて前輪４６及び後輪４７の少なくとも一方を操舵するように構成される。 The driving unit 41 is composed of, for example, at least one of an engine, a motor, and a hybrid of an engine and a motor. The steering unit 42 includes at least a steering wheel (also referred to as a steering wheel), and is configured to steer at least one of the front wheels 46 and the rear wheels 47 based on the operation of the steering wheel operated by the user.
　電子制御部４９は、マイクロプロセッサ６１、メモリ（ＲＯＭ、ＲＡＭ）６２、通信ポート（例えば、入出力（Input/Output（ＩＯ））ポート）６３で構成される。電子制御部４９には、車両に備えられた各種センサ５０－５８からの信号が入力される。電子制御部４９は、Electronic　Control　Unit（ＥＣＵ）と呼ばれてもよい。 The electronic control unit 49 is composed of a microprocessor 61 , a memory (ROM, RAM) 62 , and a communication port (eg, input/output (IO) port) 63 . Signals from various sensors 50 to 58 provided in the vehicle are input to the electronic control unit 49 . The electronic control unit 49 may be called an Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
　各種センサ５０－５８からの信号としては、モータの電流をセンシングする電流センサ５０からの電流信号、回転数センサ５１によって取得された前輪４６／後輪４７の回転数信号、空気圧センサ５２によって取得された前輪４６／後輪４７の空気圧信号、車速センサ５３によって取得された車速信号、加速度センサ５４によって取得された加速度信号、アクセルペダルセンサ５５によって取得されたアクセルペダル４３の踏み込み量信号、ブレーキペダルセンサ５６によって取得されたブレーキペダル４４の踏み込み量信号、シフトレバーセンサ５７によって取得されたシフトレバー４５の操作信号、物体検知センサ５８によって取得された障害物、車両、歩行者などを検出するための検出信号などがある。 The signals from the various sensors 50 to 58 include a current signal from the current sensor 50 that senses the current of the motor, a rotation speed signal of the front wheels 46/rear wheels 47 obtained by the rotation speed sensor 51, and an air pressure sensor 52. air pressure signal of front wheels 46/rear wheels 47, vehicle speed signal obtained by vehicle speed sensor 53, acceleration signal obtained by acceleration sensor 54, depression amount signal of accelerator pedal 43 obtained by accelerator pedal sensor 55, brake pedal sensor The brake pedal 44 depression amount signal obtained by 56, the operation signal of the shift lever 45 obtained by the shift lever sensor 57, and the detection for detecting obstacles, vehicles, pedestrians, etc. obtained by the object detection sensor 58. There are signals.
　情報サービス部５９は、カーナビゲーションシステム、オーディオシステム、スピーカー、ディスプレイ、テレビ、ラジオ、といった、運転情報、交通情報、エンターテイメント情報などの各種情報を提供（出力）するための各種機器と、これらの機器を制御する１つ以上のＥＣＵとから構成される。情報サービス部５９は、外部装置から通信モジュール６０などを介して取得した情報を利用して、車両４０の乗員に各種情報／サービス（例えば、マルチメディア情報／マルチメディアサービス）を提供する。 The information service unit 59 includes various devices such as car navigation systems, audio systems, speakers, displays, televisions, and radios for providing (outputting) various information such as driving information, traffic information, and entertainment information, and these devices. and one or more ECUs that control The information service unit 59 provides various information/services (for example, multimedia information/multimedia services) to the occupants of the vehicle 40 using information acquired from an external device via the communication module 60 or the like.
　情報サービス部５９は、外部からの入力を受け付ける入力デバイス（例えば、キーボード、マウス、マイクロフォン、スイッチ、ボタン、センサ、タッチパネルなど）を含んでもよいし、外部への出力を実施する出力デバイス（例えば、ディスプレイ、スピーカー、ＬＥＤランプ、タッチパネルなど）を含んでもよい。 The information service unit 59 may include an input device (e.g., keyboard, mouse, microphone, switch, button, sensor, touch panel, etc.) that receives input from the outside, and an output device that outputs to the outside (e.g., display, speaker, LED lamp, touch panel, etc.).
　運転支援システム部６４は、ミリ波レーダ、Light　Detection　and　Ranging（ＬｉＤＡＲ）、カメラ、測位ロケータ（例えば、Global　Navigation　Satellite　System（ＧＮＳＳ）など）、地図情報（例えば、高精細（High　Definition（ＨＤ））マップ、自動運転車（Autonomous　Vehicle（ＡＶ））マップなど）、ジャイロシステム（例えば、慣性計測装置（Inertial　Measurement　Unit（ＩＭＵ））、慣性航法装置（Inertial　Navigation　System（ＩＮＳ））など）、人工知能（Artificial　Intelligence（ＡＩ））チップ、ＡＩプロセッサといった、事故を未然に防止したりドライバの運転負荷を軽減したりするための機能を提供するための各種機器と、これらの機器を制御する１つ以上のＥＣＵとから構成される。また、運転支援システム部６４は、通信モジュール６０を介して各種情報を送受信し、運転支援機能又は自動運転機能を実現する。 The driving support system unit 64 includes a millimeter wave radar, Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR), a camera, a positioning locator (e.g., Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), etc.), map information (e.g., High Definition (HD)) maps, autonomous vehicle (AV) maps, etc.), gyro systems (e.g., inertial measurement units (IMU), inertial navigation systems (INS), etc.), artificial intelligence ( Artificial intelligence (AI) chips, AI processors, and other devices that provide functions to prevent accidents and reduce the driver's driving load, and one or more devices that control these devices ECU. In addition, the driving support system unit 64 transmits and receives various information via the communication module 60, and realizes a driving support function or an automatic driving function.
　通信モジュール６０は、通信ポート６３を介して、マイクロプロセッサ６１及び車両４０の構成要素と通信することができる。例えば、通信モジュール６０は通信ポート６３を介して、車両４０に備えられた駆動部４１、操舵部４２、アクセルペダル４３、ブレーキペダル４４、シフトレバー４５、左右の前輪４６、左右の後輪４７、車軸４８、電子制御部４９内のマイクロプロセッサ６１及びメモリ（ＲＯＭ、ＲＡＭ）６２、各種センサ５０－５８との間でデータ（情報）を送受信する。 The communication module 60 can communicate with the microprocessor 61 and components of the vehicle 40 via the communication port 63 . For example, the communication module 60 communicates with the vehicle 40 through a communication port 63 such as a driving unit 41, a steering unit 42, an accelerator pedal 43, a brake pedal 44, a shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, Data (information) is transmitted and received between the axle 48, the microprocessor 61 and memory (ROM, RAM) 62 in the electronic control unit 49, and various sensors 50-58.
　通信モジュール６０は、電子制御部４９のマイクロプロセッサ６１によって制御可能であり、外部装置と通信を行うことが可能な通信デバイスである。例えば、外部装置との間で無線通信を介して各種情報の送受信を行う。通信モジュール６０は、電子制御部４９の内部と外部のどちらにあってもよい。外部装置は、例えば、上述の基地局１０、ユーザ端末２０などであってもよい。また、通信モジュール６０は、例えば、上述の基地局１０及びユーザ端末２０の少なくとも１つであってもよい（基地局１０及びユーザ端末２０の少なくとも１つとして機能してもよい）。 The communication module 60 is a communication device that can be controlled by the microprocessor 61 of the electronic control unit 49 and can communicate with an external device. For example, it transmits and receives various information to and from an external device via wireless communication. Communication module 60 may be internal or external to electronic control 49 . The external device may be, for example, the above-described base station 10, user terminal 20, or the like. Also, the communication module 60 may be, for example, at least one of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 described above (and may function as at least one of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20).
　通信モジュール６０は、電子制御部４９に入力された上述の各種センサ５０－５８からの信号、当該信号に基づいて得られる情報、及び情報サービス部５９を介して得られる外部（ユーザ）からの入力に基づく情報、の少なくとも１つを、無線通信を介して外部装置へ送信してもよい。電子制御部４９、各種センサ５０－５８、情報サービス部５９などは、入力を受け付ける入力部と呼ばれてもよい。例えば、通信モジュール６０によって送信されるＰＵＳＣＨは、上記入力に基づく情報を含んでもよい。 The communication module 60 receives signals from the various sensors 50 to 58 described above input to the electronic control unit 49, information obtained based on the signals, and input from the outside (user) obtained via the information service unit 59. may be transmitted to the external device via wireless communication. The electronic control unit 49, the various sensors 50-58, the information service unit 59, etc. may be called an input unit that receives input. For example, the PUSCH transmitted by communication module 60 may include information based on the above inputs.
　通信モジュール６０は、外部装置から送信されてきた種々の情報（交通情報、信号情報、車間情報など）を受信し、車両に備えられた情報サービス部５９へ表示する。情報サービス部５９は、情報を出力する（例えば、通信モジュール６０によって受信されるＰＤＳＣＨ（又は当該ＰＤＳＣＨから復号されるデータ／情報）に基づいてディスプレイ、スピーカーなどの機器に情報を出力する）出力部と呼ばれてもよい。 The communication module 60 receives various information (traffic information, signal information, inter-vehicle information, etc.) transmitted from an external device and displays it on the information service unit 59 provided in the vehicle. The information service unit 59 is an output unit that outputs information (for example, outputs information to devices such as displays and speakers based on the PDSCH received by the communication module 60 (or data/information decoded from the PDSCH)). may be called
　また、通信モジュール６０は、外部装置から受信した種々の情報をマイクロプロセッサ６１によって利用可能なメモリ６２へ記憶する。メモリ６２に記憶された情報に基づいて、マイクロプロセッサ６１が車両４０に備えられた駆動部４１、操舵部４２、アクセルペダル４３、ブレーキペダル４４、シフトレバー４５、左右の前輪４６、左右の後輪４７、車軸４８、各種センサ５０－５８などの制御を行ってもよい。 Also, the communication module 60 stores various information received from an external device in a memory 62 that can be used by the microprocessor 61 . Based on the information stored in the memory 62, the microprocessor 61 controls the drive unit 41, the steering unit 42, the accelerator pedal 43, the brake pedal 44, the shift lever 45, the left and right front wheels 46, and the left and right rear wheels provided in the vehicle 40. 47, axle 48, and various sensors 50-58 may be controlled.
　また、本開示における基地局は、ユーザ端末で読み替えてもよい。例えば、基地局及びユーザ端末間の通信を、複数のユーザ端末間の通信（例えば、Device-to-Device（Ｄ２Ｄ）、Vehicle-to-Everything（Ｖ２Ｘ）などと呼ばれてもよい）に置き換えた構成について、本開示の各態様／実施形態を適用してもよい。この場合、上述の基地局１０が有する機能をユーザ端末２０が有する構成としてもよい。また、「上りリンク（uplink）」、「下りリンク（downlink）」などの文言は、端末間通信に対応する文言（例えば、「サイドリンク（sidelink）」）で読み替えられてもよい。例えば、上りリンクチャネル、下りリンクチャネルなどは、サイドリンクチャネルで読み替えられてもよい。 Also, the base station in the present disclosure may be read as a user terminal. For example, communication between a base station and a user terminal is replaced with communication between multiple user terminals (for example, Device-to-Device (D2D), Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X), etc.) Regarding the configuration, each aspect/embodiment of the present disclosure may be applied. In this case, the user terminal 20 may have the functions of the base station 10 described above. In addition, words such as "uplink" and "downlink" may be replaced with words corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "sidelink"). For example, uplink channels, downlink channels, etc. may be read as sidelink channels.
　同様に、本開示におけるユーザ端末は、基地局で読み替えてもよい。この場合、上述のユーザ端末２０が有する機能を基地局１０が有する構成としてもよい。 Similarly, user terminals in the present disclosure may be read as base stations. In this case, the base station 10 may have the functions of the user terminal 20 described above.
　本開示において、基地局によって行われるとした動作は、場合によってはその上位ノード（upper　node）によって行われることもある。基地局を有する１つ又は複数のネットワークノード（network　nodes）を含むネットワークにおいて、端末との通信のために行われる様々な動作は、基地局、基地局以外の１つ以上のネットワークノード（例えば、Mobility　Management　Entity（ＭＭＥ）、Serving-Gateway（Ｓ－ＧＷ）などが考えられるが、これらに限られない）又はこれらの組み合わせによって行われ得ることは明らかである。 In the present disclosure, operations that are assumed to be performed by the base station may be performed by its upper node in some cases. In a network that includes one or more network nodes with a base station, various operations performed for communication with a terminal may involve the base station, one or more network nodes other than the base station (e.g., Clearly, this can be done by a Mobility Management Entity (MME), Serving-Gateway (S-GW), etc. (but not limited to these) or a combination thereof.
　本開示において説明した各態様／実施形態は単独で用いてもよいし、組み合わせて用いてもよいし、実行に伴って切り替えて用いてもよい。また、本開示において説明した各態様／実施形態の処理手順、シーケンス、フローチャートなどは、矛盾の無い限り、順序を入れ替えてもよい。例えば、本開示において説明した方法については、例示的な順序を用いて様々なステップの要素を提示しており、提示した特定の順序に限定されない。 Each aspect/embodiment described in the present disclosure may be used alone, may be used in combination, or may be used by switching along with execution. Also, the processing procedures, sequences, flowcharts, etc. of each aspect/embodiment described in the present disclosure may be rearranged as long as there is no contradiction. For example, the methods described in this disclosure present elements of the various steps using a sample order, and are not limited to the specific order presented.
　本開示において説明した各態様／実施形態は、Long　Term　Evolution（ＬＴＥ）、LTE-Advanced（ＬＴＥ－Ａ）、LTE-Beyond（ＬＴＥ－Ｂ）、ＳＵＰＥＲ　３Ｇ、ＩＭＴ－Ａｄｖａｎｃｅｄ、4th　generation　mobile　communication　system（４Ｇ）、5th　generation　mobile　communication　system（５Ｇ）、6th　generation　mobile　communication　system（６Ｇ）、xth　generation　mobile　communication　system（ｘＧ（ｘは、例えば整数、小数））、Future　Radio　Access（ＦＲＡ）、Ｎｅｗ－Radio　Access　Technology（ＲＡＴ）、New　Radio（ＮＲ）、New　radio　access（ＮＸ）、Future　generation　radio　access（ＦＸ）、Global　System　for　Mobile　communications（ＧＳＭ（登録商標））、ＣＤＭＡ２０００、Ultra　Mobile　Broadband（ＵＭＢ）、ＩＥＥＥ　８０２．１１（Ｗｉ－Ｆｉ（登録商標））、ＩＥＥＥ　８０２．１６（ＷｉＭＡＸ（登録商標））、ＩＥＥＥ　８０２．２０、Ultra-WideBand（ＵＷＢ）、Ｂｌｕｅｔｏｏｔｈ（登録商標）、その他の適切な無線通信方法を利用するシステム、これらに基づいて拡張、修正、作成又は規定された次世代システムなどに適用されてもよい。また、複数のシステムが組み合わされて（例えば、ＬＴＥ又はＬＴＥ－Ａと、５Ｇとの組み合わせなど）適用されてもよい。 Each aspect/embodiment described in this disclosure includes Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), LTE-Beyond (LTE-B), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, 4th generation mobile communication system ( 4G), 5th generation mobile communication system (5G), 6th generation mobile communication system (6G), xth generation mobile communication system (xG (x is, for example, an integer or a decimal number)), Future Radio Access (FRA), New-Radio Access Technology (RAT), New Radio (NR), New radio access (NX), Future generation radio access (FX), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802 .11 (Wi-Fi®), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX®), IEEE 802.20, Ultra-WideBand (UWB), Bluetooth®, or any other suitable wireless communication method. It may be applied to a system to be used, a next-generation system extended, modified, created or defined based on these. Also, multiple systems may be applied in combination (for example, a combination of LTE or LTE-A and 5G).
　本開示において使用する「に基づいて」という記載は、別段に明記されていない限り、「のみに基づいて」を意味しない。言い換えれば、「に基づいて」という記載は、「のみに基づいて」と「に少なくとも基づいて」の両方を意味する。 The term "based on" as used in this disclosure does not mean "based only on" unless otherwise specified. In other words, the phrase "based on" means both "based only on" and "based at least on."
　本開示において使用する「第１の」、「第２の」などの呼称を使用した要素へのいかなる参照も、それらの要素の量又は順序を全般的に限定しない。これらの呼称は、２つ以上の要素間を区別する便利な方法として本開示において使用され得る。したがって、第１及び第２の要素の参照は、２つの要素のみが採用され得ること又は何らかの形で第１の要素が第２の要素に先行しなければならないことを意味しない。 Any reference to elements using the "first," "second," etc. designations used in this disclosure does not generally limit the quantity or order of those elements. These designations may be used in this disclosure as a convenient method of distinguishing between two or more elements. Thus, references to first and second elements do not imply that only two elements may be employed or that the first element must precede the second element in any way.
　本開示において使用する「判断（決定）（determining）」という用語は、多種多様な動作を包含する場合がある。例えば、「判断（決定）」は、判定（judging）、計算（calculating）、算出（computing）、処理（processing）、導出（deriving）、調査（investigating）、探索（looking　up、search、inquiry）（例えば、テーブル、データベース又は別のデータ構造での探索）、確認（ascertaining）などを「判断（決定）」することであるとみなされてもよい。 The term "determining" as used in this disclosure may encompass a wide variety of actions. For example, "determination" includes judging, calculating, computing, processing, deriving, investigating, looking up, searching, inquiry ( For example, looking up in a table, database, or another data structure), ascertaining, etc. may be considered to be "determining."
　また、「判断（決定）」は、受信（receiving）（例えば、情報を受信すること）、送信（transmitting）（例えば、情報を送信すること）、入力（input）、出力（output）、アクセス（accessing）（例えば、メモリ中のデータにアクセスすること）などを「判断（決定）」することであるとみなされてもよい。 Also, "determining (deciding)" includes receiving (e.g., receiving information), transmitting (e.g., transmitting information), input, output, access ( accessing (e.g., accessing data in memory), etc.
　また、「判断（決定）」は、解決（resolving）、選択（selecting）、選定（choosing）、確立（establishing）、比較（comparing）などを「判断（決定）」することであるとみなされてもよい。つまり、「判断（決定）」は、何らかの動作を「判断（決定）」することであるとみなされてもよい。 Also, "determining" is considered to be "determining" resolving, selecting, choosing, establishing, comparing, etc. good too. That is, "determining (determining)" may be regarded as "determining (determining)" some action.
　また、「判断（決定）」は、「想定する（assuming）」、「期待する（expecting）」、「みなす（considering）」などで読み替えられてもよい。 Also, "judgment (decision)" may be read as "assuming", "expecting", or "considering".
　本開示に記載の「最大送信電力」は送信電力の最大値を意味してもよいし、公称最大送信電力（the　nominal　UE　maximum　transmit　power）を意味してもよいし、定格最大送信電力（the　rated　UE　maximum　transmit　power）を意味してもよい。 "Maximum transmit power" described in this disclosure may mean the maximum value of transmit power, may mean the nominal maximum transmit power (the nominal UE maximum transmit power), or may mean the rated maximum transmit power (the rated UE maximum transmit power).
　本開示において使用する「接続された（connected）」、「結合された（coupled）」という用語、又はこれらのあらゆる変形は、２又はそれ以上の要素間の直接的又は間接的なあらゆる接続又は結合を意味し、互いに「接続」又は「結合」された２つの要素間に１又はそれ以上の中間要素が存在することを含むことができる。要素間の結合又は接続は、物理的であっても、論理的であっても、あるいはこれらの組み合わせであってもよい。例えば、「接続」は「アクセス」で読み替えられてもよい。 The terms “connected”, “coupled”, or any variation thereof, as used in this disclosure, refer to any connection or coupling, direct or indirect, between two or more elements. and can include the presence of one or more intermediate elements between two elements that are "connected" or "coupled" to each other. Couplings or connections between elements may be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. For example, "connection" may be read as "access".
　本開示において、２つの要素が接続される場合、１つ以上の電線、ケーブル、プリント電気接続などを用いて、並びにいくつかの非限定的かつ非包括的な例として、無線周波数領域、マイクロ波領域、光（可視及び不可視の両方）領域の波長を有する電磁エネルギーなどを用いて、互いに「接続」又は「結合」されると考えることができる。 In this disclosure, when two elements are connected, using one or more wires, cables, printed electrical connections, etc., and as some non-limiting and non-exhaustive examples, radio frequency domain, microwave They can be considered to be “connected” or “coupled” together using the domain, electromagnetic energy having wavelengths in the optical (both visible and invisible) domain, and the like.
　本開示において、「ＡとＢが異なる」という用語は、「ＡとＢが互いに異なる」ことを意味してもよい。なお、当該用語は、「ＡとＢがそれぞれＣと異なる」ことを意味してもよい。「離れる」、「結合される」などの用語も、「異なる」と同様に解釈されてもよい。 In the present disclosure, the term "A and B are different" may mean "A and B are different from each other." The term may also mean that "A and B are different from C". Terms such as "separate," "coupled," etc. may also be interpreted in the same manner as "different."
　本開示において、「含む（include）」、「含んでいる（including）」及びこれらの変形が使用されている場合、これらの用語は、用語「備える（comprising）」と同様に、包括的であることが意図される。さらに、本開示において使用されている用語「又は（or）」は、排他的論理和ではないことが意図される。 Where "include," "including," and variations thereof are used in this disclosure, these terms are inclusive, as is the term "comprising." is intended. Furthermore, the term "or" as used in this disclosure is not intended to be an exclusive OR.
　本開示において、例えば、英語でのa,　an及びtheのように、翻訳によって冠詞が追加された場合、本開示は、これらの冠詞の後に続く名詞が複数形であることを含んでもよい。 In this disclosure, when articles are added by translation, such as a, an, and the in English, the disclosure may include that nouns following these articles are plural.
　以上、本開示に係る発明について詳細に説明したが、当業者にとっては、本開示に係る発明が本開示中に説明した実施形態に限定されないということは明らかである。本開示に係る発明は、請求の範囲の記載に基づいて定まる発明の趣旨及び範囲を逸脱することなく修正及び変更態様として実施することができる。したがって、本開示の記載は、例示説明を目的とし、本開示に係る発明に対して何ら制限的な意味をもたらさない。 Although the invention according to the present disclosure has been described in detail above, it is obvious to those skilled in the art that the invention according to the present disclosure is not limited to the embodiments described in the present disclosure. The invention according to the present disclosure can be implemented as modifications and changes without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention determined based on the description of the claims. Therefore, the description of the present disclosure is for illustrative purposes and does not impose any limitation on the invention according to the present disclosure.
　本出願は、２０２２年２月２５日出願の特願２０２２－２８４５７に基づく。この内容は、すべてここに含めておく。 This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-28457 filed on February 25, 2022. All of this content is included here.

Claims (3)

  1. 　２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）に関する最大許容曝露（Maximum　Permitted　Exposure（ＭＰＥ））　電力管理最大電力低減（Power　Management　Maximum　Power　Reduction（Ｐ－ＭＰＲ））報告を、前記２つのＰＨの少なくとも一方に関連するトリガ条件に基づいてトリガする制御部と、
    　トリガされた前記ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告を送信する送信部と、を有する端末。     Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) for two Power Headrooms (PH) Trigger Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) reporting associated with at least one of the two PHs a control that triggers based on a condition;
    a transmitter that transmits the triggered MPE P-MPR report.
  2. 　２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）に関する最大許容曝露（Maximum　Permitted　Exposure（ＭＰＥ））　電力管理最大電力低減（Power　Management　Maximum　Power　Reduction（Ｐ－ＭＰＲ））報告を、前記２つのＰＨの少なくとも一方に関連するトリガ条件に基づいてトリガするステップと、
    　トリガされた前記ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告を送信するステップと、を有する端末の無線通信方法。     Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) for two Power Headrooms (PH) Trigger Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) reporting associated with at least one of the two PHs a step that triggers based on a condition;
    and transmitting the triggered MPE P-MPR report.
  3. 　２つのPower　Headroom（ＰＨ）に関する最大許容曝露（Maximum　Permitted　Exposure（ＭＰＥ））　電力管理最大電力低減（Power　Management　Maximum　Power　Reduction（Ｐ－ＭＰＲ））報告のトリガ条件に関する設定情報を、端末に送信する送信部と、
    　前記２つのＰＨの少なくとも一方に関連する前記トリガ条件に基づいてトリガされた前記ＭＰＥ　Ｐ－ＭＰＲ報告を、前記端末から受信する受信部と、を有する基地局。     Maximum Permitted Exposure (MPE) for two Power Headrooms (PH) Transmission to send configuration information to the terminal regarding trigger conditions for Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) reporting Department and
    a receiver that receives from the terminal the MPE P-MPR reports triggered based on the trigger condition associated with at least one of the two PHs.
PCT/JP2023/004634 2022-02-25 2023-02-10 Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station WO2023162727A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-028457 2022-02-25
JP2022028457 2022-02-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023162727A1 true WO2023162727A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Family

ID=87765821

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/004634 WO2023162727A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-02-10 Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023162727A1 (en)

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021149259A1 (en) * 2020-01-24 2021-07-29 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021149259A1 (en) * 2020-01-24 2021-07-29 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "Measurements on deactivated SCG", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2110555, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Electronic; 20210816 - 20210827, 22 October 2021 (2021-10-22), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052067000 *
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "UE behaviour while SCG is deactivated", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2203184, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Electronic; 20220221 - 20220303, 15 February 2022 (2022-02-15), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052114977 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023162727A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023157773A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023223986A1 (en) Terminal, radio communication method, and base station
WO2023223988A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023152905A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023148871A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023223987A1 (en) Terminal, radio communication method, and base station
WO2023162436A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023135759A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023162726A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023068070A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023135758A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023203763A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023136055A1 (en) Terminal, radio communication method, and base station
WO2023162724A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023085354A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023053407A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method and base station
WO2023053408A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method and base station
WO2023100317A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023195162A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023203681A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023095288A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method and base station
WO2023095289A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023195161A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station
WO2023162437A1 (en) Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23759731

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1